18D-038 (3) X11
OR
00
40
40
that there will be no conflicts in space requirements of
each trade.
K. The accompanying plans indicate approximately the layout of
the work to be done. Exact locations shall be, in all
instances, as designed or as centered on the job from
measurements given by the Architect-Engineer.
3 . 05 DEMOLITION
A. All existing lectrical
g equipment and systems which are to
remain in use and which interfere with new construction
shall be relocated as required. Remove all existing
electrical equipment made obsolete by new work.
END OF SECTION
Aft
4M
Am
2020(HHFR)/lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
10
40
F. Where wires and cables are connected to metallic surfaces,
the coated surfaces of the metal shall be polished before
installing the mechanical connector.
OR
3 . 04 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Receptacle boxes, unless otherwise noted, shall be
approximately 18 in. above the finished floor. Switch
outlets shall be 3 ft. 6 in. above finished floor, unless
otherwise noted. The Electrical Subcontractor shall check
with Architectural and Structural Plans for interferences.
B. Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to wet locations,
shall be of the threaded hub type and provided with
watertight screw-on cover and gasket.
C. Outlet boxes shall be of sizes and type to accommodate (1)
structural conditions, (2) size and number of conductors or
cables entering, and (3) device or fixture for which
required.
D. Boxes shall be set plumb and true in building surface and
furnished with suitable plaster rings where so required.
E. Outlet boxes used as junction boxes or outlets not used
shall be provided with covers.
F. Pull boxes shall be adequate size to accommodate the
conductors installed therein without excessive bending of
the conductors, which would damage the conductor insulation.
G. Pull and splice boxes that are not indicated on drawings but
shall be provided as required for splice and ease of pulling
conductors. Boxes to be code gauge galvanized steel and
sufficient size to pull rack and splice cables contained
therein.
H. Coordinate work with other trades involved so that exact
locations may be obtained for all outlets, apparatus,
appliances, and wiring.
I. The locations shown on the plans are subject to modification
due to conditions arising as construction progresses. Such
changes shall be observed and executed as a part of this
Contract. Verify all locations shown in accordance with the
General Plans before installing work, correcting such
discrepancies as they arise during the installation, without
additional cost to the Owner.
J. Dimensions shall be given by the Architect-Engineer where
same are necessary to suit equipment layouts. Verify the
locations of work with all other trades previous to
installation, and assign space requirements and locations so
2020(HHFR)/lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
9
to
3 . 02 GROUNDING
+! + A. Requirements of the National Electrical Code relative to the
protective grounding of all equipment and services shall be
followed, together with the rules and regulations of the
local utility company and other applicable codes and
regulations.
B. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all exposed
non-current carrying metallic
Y g parts of electrical equipment,
metallic cable armor, grounding conductor of non-metallic
sheathed cables, grounding conductor in non-metallic
raceways, and neutral conductor of the wiring system shall
be grounded. The ground connection shall be made at the
main service equipment.
C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all
material required for the grounding and/or bonding in the
building of all equipment, power, and lighting systems.
D. The Electrical Subcontractor shall make tight and proper all
metallic components and equipment to one another and to
ground using a positive foolproof system of connections.
Provide and install bonding and grounding conductors with
approved termination where required.
3 . 03 CONDUCTORS
A. The installation of wires and cables includes all splicing
of the wiring and cables to each other and connecting them
to panelboards, receptacles, switches, lighting fixtures,
and all other electrical apparatus.
B. All wires and cables for power and lighting shall, as far as
practicable, be continuous from origin to destination. At
the end of these wires and cables, a sufficient slack shall
be left as may be required for making proper connections.
C. Splices shall be kept to a minimum and made only when necessary and only in suitable boxes.
D. Connectors, splice, and tap fittings and other conductor
hardware shall be compatible with the conductor metal.
Mechanical connectors, splice, and tap fittings shall be of
the proper size for the conductors and designed for the
application. They shall be applied thereto according to the
manufacturer's direction using the proper tools.
E. Where solid conductors are to be connected directly to the
devices without the use of lugs, such as occurs at lighting
switches and plug receptacles, the wires shall be formed
into a loop to fit around the screw.
2020(HHFR)/lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
8
2 . 06 DOORBELL SWITCH
A. Furnish and install Nutone Cat. No. LB-18 Teak Chime, Cat.
No. PB-6L pushbutton and Cat. No. 101T transformer, where
shown on plans.
2 . 07 TELEPHONE SYSTEM
A. Furnish and install quad telephone cable from telephone
outlet in livingroom to basement following existing phone
lines to termination point.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 GENERAL
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall endeavor to lay out and
perform his work in such a manner as to cause no delay in
the construction by other trades.
B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall verify all measurements
and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No
allowance will be made for differences between actual
measurements and those shown on plans.
C. If, in laying out his work, the Electrical Subcontractor
finds that the work of other trades might interfere with
him, the Architect-Engineer shall be notified at once. The
right is hereby reserved by the Architect-Engineer to make
reasonable changes in arrangement of equipment, prior to
roughing in, if interference is found, without additional
cost to the Owner.
!! D. All work shall be installed in such a manner as to be
readily accessible for maintenance, repair, and operation.
Deviations from the plans must be approved by the Architect-Engineer without additional cost to the Owner.
E. The locations of outlets, apparatus, and equipment are
approximate only and the runs of branches are not
necessarily to be made exactly as shown on the plans. The
exact locations of such work shall be determined after full
consideration has been given to work of other trades and
without changes in the design of the systems. The entire
installation shall conform to the latest issue of the
National Electrical Code and state and local inspection
authorities.
F. Electrical apparatus, such as junction and pull boxes,
controls, and apparatus shall be made accessible.
2020(HHFR)/lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
r 16100
7
AN
E. Devices shall be furnished by Hubbell Leviton or equal to
the following Slater numbers:
1. Light switches, single pole - No. 790-AG, 20 AMP,
120/277 volts, Ivory.
2 . Light switches, 3-way - No. 793-AG, 20 AMP, 120/277
volts, Ivory.
3 . Light switches, 4-way - No. 794-AG, 20 AMP, 120/277
volts, Ivory.
4. Duplex receptacles - No. 5342-AG, 20 AMP, 3 wire, 125
volts, Ivory.
5. G.F. I. receptacle - Pass & Seymour, Cat. No. 1591,
Ivory, feed through.
6. Weatherproof receptacles - for exterior, are to be
provided with gasketed lock type covers.
2 . 05 EQUIPMENT
A. Lighting Fixtures:
1. Furnish and install lighting fixtures on all light
outlets shown on plans. All lighting fixtures shall
have label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Fixtures
shall be complete in all respects with all required
glassware and lamps. All lamps shall be new. Furnish
and install all required hardware to fit in all type
ceilings. Fixtures are to be cleaned after lamps and
diffusers are installed. Any chipped, cracked, or
otherwise defective material is to be replaced.
B. All fixtures shall be installed complete with lamps of the
type and size indicated in the fixture schedule and of the
energy efficient type.
C. All fixtures shall be independently supported from building
structure.
D. The schedule of lighting fixtures is shown on the drawings.
Fixtures are identified by letter. Manufacturer's name and
catalogue numbers are listed to show type and standard
quality. Equivalent fixtures by other manufacturers will be
considered. Complete schedule of lighting fixtures shall be
submitted to and approved by the Architect-Engineer prior to
ordering.
2020(HHFR)/lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
6
40
cables entering, and (3) device or fixture for which
required.
C. Boxes occurring at plastered surfaces shall have a suitable
plaster ring installed.
D. Where multiple devices are located at one point, gang type
boxes shall be used.
E. Pull and junction boxes, whether surface or flush, shall be
galvanized code gauge.
F. Pull boxes and wireways shall be standard NEMA 1 enclosures
with cover plates and screws, bonderized paint finish.
G. Pull and splice boxes not indicated on drawings shall be
provided as required by the National and Massachusetts
Electrical Codes.
H. Outlet boxes and covers shall be as manufactured by Steel
City Electrical Company, General Electric Company, Raco, or
approved equal.
' +*+ 2 . 03 NAMEPLATES
A. This Contractor shall label panels with circuits in the
electrical system which shall follow the designation shown
on plans.
B. The labels shall be inked in panel directory.
2 . 04 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES
A. Switches shall be flush mounted, specification grade, 20
AMP, 120/277 volt AC with side connection screw terminals
and toggle handle.
B. Switches shall be single pole, 3-way or 4-way, as indicated
by the symbol. Where more than one switch is shown at one
outlet, they shall be installed under one plate in an order
appropriate to the location of the outlets being controlled.
C. Receptacles shall be flush mounted rated for 20 AMP at 125
volts, composition base suitable for side wiring having
polarized slots and U-shaped grounding slot and break-off
lug for two circuit installation.
D. Plates for switches, receptacles, telephone, or blank
outlets shall be smooth thermoplastic, Ivory. Plates over
grouped devices shall be suitably ganged. Telephone plates
shall be modular thermoplastic, Ivory.
40
2020(HHFR)/lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
we 16100
5
D. The Electrical Subcontractor shall comply with the City of
Northampton Electrical Inspector's and Fire Chief's
instructions and requirements.
1. 09 PROTECTION
A. This Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his work
and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or
loss which may occur shall be made good without expense to
the Owner. He shall be responsible for the proper
protection of all his material until the building is
accepted by the Owner.
40 1. 10 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. At the time of final acceptance, this Contractor shall
40 furnish three sets of operating instructions for all
equipment for delivery to the Owner.
B. This Contractor shall instruct Owner's representative in
4k B.
of all electrical apparatus and systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 CONDUCTORS
A. Conductors shall be 98 percent conductivity copper, with 600
volt insulation, and shall be of types indicated below,
unless otherwise shown on plans. Aluminum conductors shall
not be used.
B. The minimum size of wire for light or power shall be No. 14
THHN stranded, control circuits shall be No. 14 THHN, unless
otherwise noted. All branch circuits more than 100 ft. in
length to the first outlet shall be at least No. 10 for the
entire distance up to the first outlet.
C. Low voltage wiring for door chimes ad thermostat may be No.
16 gauge.
D. Branch circuit wiring from panel may be run in NM cable with
ground and approved ground connections or in armored cable
with appropriate connectors and fiber bushings.
2.02 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
.r. A. Outlet boxes and covers shall be pressed galvanized steel
unless otherwise noted or required by the National
Electrical Code and shall be as required for their use.
B. Outlet boxes shall be of sizes and types to accommodate (1)
structural conditions, (2) size and number of conductors or
2020 (HHFR)/lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
4
4" D. The Electrical Subcontractor shall, at all times, have a
foreman on the project authorized to make decisions and
receive instructions as if the Contractor himself were
As present. The foreman shall not be removed or replaced
without the express approval of the Architect-Engineer after
construction work begins.
40
1. 05 GUARANTEE-WARRANTY
A. This Contractor shall and hereby does warrant that all work
executed and all equipment furnished, under this Section,
shall be free from defects of workmanship and materials for
a period of one year from date of final acceptance of this
work. The Contractor further agrees that he will, at his
own expense, repair and replace all such defective work and
all other work damaged thereby, which becomes defective
during the term of the Guarantee-Warranty.
1. 06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Tools, Scaffolding Etc. : All necessary tools, machinery,
scaffolding, and transportation for completion of this
contract shall be provided by this Contractor.
B. Waste Material: All rubbish created by this Contractor
shall be removed by this Contractor.
1. 07 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. This Contractor shall provide for the delivery of all his
materials to the building site when required, so as to carry
out his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and
that of other trades.
1. 08 RULES AND REGULATIONS
0% A. Obtain all permits, pay all fees, give all proper
authorities all required notices, and comply with all rules
and regulations affecting his work.
04 B. All wiring materials shall be furnished and installed in
accordance with the latest Massachusetts Electrical Code,
National Electric Code, local codes, OSHA, and all other
0 applicable codes.
C. Materials and workmanship shall be the best of their
.�. respective kinds and in full accordance with the most modern
construction methods. Electrical materials and equipment of
types for which there are Underwriters' Laboratories
standard requirements, listings, or labels of the
Underwriters' Laboratories, shall conform to their
requirements and be so labeled.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
3
40
4 . All cutting, patching, drilling,g P g, g, painting, masonry work,
electric wiring, etc. necessary for the complete
installation for all work specified herein.
D. Work Not Included: The following work, in conjunction
with the work done under this Section of the specifications,
shall be done under sections of the specifications by the
Contractor so designated. This work shall be done at no
expense to the Electrical Subcontractor.
ak 1. Painting.
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Within thirty (30) days of award of contract, this
Contractor shall submit for the Architect-Engineer's
approval, six copies of the manufacturer's shop drawings,
detail prints, and data sheets for the following items:
1. Wire, wiring devices, and plates.
2. Breakers, doorbell system.
3 . Lighting fixtures.
1. 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or equipment
other than those named or described in this Section will be
determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
B. This Contractor shall refer to the drawings for a full
comprehension of the work to be done and for conditions
affecting the location and placement of his equipment and
materials. These drawings are intended to be supplementary
to the specifications, and any work indicated, mentioned, or
implied in either is to be considered as specified by both.
Should the character of the work herein contemplated or any
matter pertaining thereto be not sufficiently explained in
the specifications or drawings, this Contractor may apply to
the Architect-Engineer for further information and shall
conform to such when given, as it may be consistent with the
original intent. The Architect-Engineer reserves the right
to make any reasonable changes in location prior to
installation at no expense to the Owner. All lines are
diagrammatic and exact locations are subject to the approval
of the Architect-Engineer.
C. Before submitting his bid, this Contractor shall visit the
site with the plans and specifications and shall become
thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting his work,
since he will be held responsible for any assumption he may
make in regard thereto.
2020(HHFR)/lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
2
SECTION 16100
ELECTRICAL WORK
�s
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
w� 1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent: The work required under this section, without
limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of
all labor and materials required to supply and distribute
proper power to all electrical fixtures, accessories,
devices, and the special systems called for under all sections of the specifications, and all other materials,
equipment, and labor necessary, whether or not such items
are specifically indicated on the drawings or in the
specifications, to complete the electrical systems in all
respects ready for continuous and trouble free operation.
B. Intent: It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
include all work and materials necessary for erecting
complete, ready for continuous use, all electrical and
special systems shown on the accompanying drawings, or as
hereinafter described. These drawings shall be taken in a
sense as diagrammatic; branch circuit runs, electrical
equipment, etc. and methods of running them are shown, but
it is not intended to show every fitting, wire, or device,
nor every structural difficulty that will be encountered
during the installation of the work.
C. Work Included: The following s list
g a of principal items
of work under this Section that shall be furnished and
installed. It is not intended to be complete or specific
and is only listed as a guide:
1. All branch circuit wiring, outlet boxes, wiring devices,
hangers, supports, and such other items required for a
complete installation.
2 . Removal of all existing electrical equipment not being
reused as called for on the drawings and specified
herein.
!" + 3. Furnish and install lighting fixtures and doorbell
system.
2020(HHFR)/lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
1
40
SECTION 16100
ELECTRICAL WORK
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Description of Work 1
1. 03 Submittals 2
1. 04 Quality Assurance 2
1. 05 Guarantee-Warranty 3
1. 06 Environmental Conditions 3
1. 07 Product Handling 3
1. 08 Rules and Regulations 3
1. 09 Protection 4
1. 10 Operating Instructions 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2. 01 Conductors 4
40 2. 02 Outlet and Junction Boxes 4
2 . 03 Nameplates 5
2 . 04 Wiring Devices and Plates 5
2 . 05 Equipment 6
2 . 06 Doorbell Switch 7
2 . 07 Telephone System 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 General 7
3 . 02 Grounding 8
3 . 03 Conductors 9
3 . 04 Outlet and Junction Boxes 9
3 . 05 Demolition 10
wr
w
w
2020 (HHFR)/lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
0
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 SHEET METAL WORK
A. Work shall be erected in a first-class and workmanlike
manner, in accordance with the "Low Velocity Duct Standard"
latest editions, published by the Sheet Metal and Air
Conditioning Contractor's National Association, Inc. and
shall be approved by the Architect-Engineer.
B. The Heating and Ventilating Contractor shall be responsible
for the coordination of the sheet metal installation with
the work of all other trades. Work shall be so installed
+w that headroom is maximum possible and coordination with
other trades in accomplishing this is mandatory.
3 . 02 EQUIPMENT
A. All items of heating and ventilating equipment shall be
carefully installed where indicated on the drawings so as to
present a neat finished appearance. Any item which does
not, in the opinion of the Architect-Engineer, conform to
the above will be removed, replaced, and refitted at no
• expense to the Owner.
3 . 03 DEMOLITION
A. The Heating and Ventilating Contractor shall remove existing
materials, grilles, and flexible connectors and shall be
responsible for disposal of same, including any or all fees
required to be paid for this service.
END OF SECTION
�r
2020(HHFR)/lmy HEATING AND VENTILATING
15500
5
40
'f" regulations, including the provisions of the Occupational
Safety and Health Act of 1971. All workmen employed on the
project shall be instructed in the requirements and shall
+0 observe same at all times.
B. All work installed under these plans and specifications must
aA be installed in strict accordance with the requirements of
all local, state and other departments having jurisdiction,
the utility companies, and with the requirements of the
Underwriters' Laboratories, National Bureau of Fire
"' Underwriters, Massachusetts State Building Code,
Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code, Fire Protection Regulations,
NFPA, Factory Mutual, the National and State Electrical
on Code, and/or similar codes applied thereto. Where
provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any
codes, or rules and regulations, the later shall govern.
.. Where the contract requirements are in excess of applicable
codes, rules and regulations, the contract provisions shall
govern.
1. 09 PROTECTION
A. This Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his work
and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or
loss which may occur shall be made good without expense to
the Owner. He shall be responsible for the proper
protection of all his materials until the building is
accepted by the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 REGISTERS AND GRILLES
A. Supply Registers: Series 1OV, shallow valve multi-louver
unit as manufactured by Lima Register, steel, white finish.
B. Return Grilles: Series 19H, curved louvers as
manufactured by Lima Register, steel, white finish.
2 . 02 THERMOSTATS
A. Wall thermostat shall be Honeywell T87F1859.
dk 2 . 03 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A. Where noted on the plans, furnish and install Duro Dyne
Corp. 's "Metal-Fab" flexible duct connectors, Series MFD
(#10002) , complete with 3 in. "Durolon" approved flame
retardant fabric and 3 in. 24 gauge "Grip Loc" seams.
* B. Connectors shall be preassembled metal to exposed fabric to
metal fabric and metal shall be joined by means of a double
lock seam.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy HEATING AND VENTILATING
15500
""' 4
class in every respect, without defects, and designed to
function properly in that portion of the work for which
they are intended and with the same brand of
manufacturers for each class of material or equipment.
2. Equality of materials or equipment other than those
named or described in this Section shall be determined
in accordance with the provisions of the Contract and as
specified further herein.
1. 05 GUARANTEE-WARRANTY
A. This Contractor shall and hereby does warrant that all work
executed and all equipment furnished, under this Section,
shall be free from defects of workmanship and materials for
a period of one year from date of final acceptance of this
work. This Contractor further agrees that he will, at his
own expense, repair and replace all such defective work and
all other work damaged thereby, which becomes defective
during the term of the Guarantee-Warranty.
1. 06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
aw A. Tools, Scaffolding, Etc. : All necessary tools, machinery,
scaffolding, and transportation for completion of this
Contract shall be provided by this Contractor.
B. Electricity: This Contractor shall provide his own
portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle,
single phase electric energy from the Owner to drive his
machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light
bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc.
„ C. Waste Material: All broken or waste material, rags,
packing, etc. resulting from this work shall be removed by
this Contractor.
1.07 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. This Contractor shall provide for the delivery of all his
materials and fixtures to the building site when required,
so as to carry out his work efficiently and to avoid
delaying his work and that of other trades.
1. 08 RULES AND REGULATIONS
A. The work shall be performed in such a manner as to conform
to the codes and regulations governing such work, as may be
required by Local and State ordinances. This Contractor
shall secure all permits required for installation of his
materials and shall pay all fees required for such permits.
This Contractor and his Subcontractors shall inform
themselves of all State and Federal work safety rules and
2020(HHFR)/lmy HEATING AND VENTILATING
15500
" " 3
M
ON 1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Within thirty (30) days of award of contract, this
' " Contractor shall submit for the Architect-Engineer's
approval, six copies of a complete list of manufacturer's
shop drawings, detail prints, and data sheets for the
o following items:
1. Registers and grilles
As 2 . Thermostat
Do not release for shipment, deliver, or install any
equipment or material without the prior approval of the
go Architect-Engineer.
1. 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
No
A. Execution:
1. This Contractor shall refer to the drawings for a full
go comprehension of the work to be done and for conditions
affecting the location and placement of his equipment
and materials. These drawings are intended to be
46 supplementary to the specifications, and any work
indicated, mentioned, or implied in either is to be
considered as specified by both. Should the character
of the work herein contemplated or any matter pertaining
thereto be not sufficiently explained in the
specifications or drawings, this Contractor may apply to
the Architect-Engineer for further information and shall
conform to such when given, as it may be consistent with
the original intent. The Architect-Engineer reserves
the right to make any reasonable changes in location
prior to installation at no expense to the Owner. All
lines are diagrammatic and exact locations are subject
to the approval of the Architect-Engineer.
2. Before submitting his bid, this Contractor shall visit
the sites with the plans and specifications and shall
become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting
his work, since he will be held responsible for any
assumption he may make in regard thereto.
oft 3 . This Contractor shall shall employ only competent and
experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony
with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also
exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard
to proper and expeditious layout of his work.
B. Products:
1. All materials used in this Heating and Ventilating
Section shall be U.S. made, new, full weight and first
2020 (HHFR)/lmy HEATING AND VENTILATING
15500
2
SECTION 15500
HEATING AND VENTILATING
PART 1 - GENERAL
r 1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent: The work required under this section, without
limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of
all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary for
and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of
all work shown and/or specified in all respects ready for
continuous and trouble free operation.
B. Work Included: The principal items of the heating and
ventilating work shall conform to the Massachusetts State
Building Code, Massachusetts Fire Protection Regulations,
NFPA, Factory Mutual, and the National and State Electrical
4, Codes and shall include, but are not limited to the
following:
1. Removal of existing warm air supply and return
"" registers/grilles throughout the first and second floor
of the Dwelling Unit.
so 2. Furnish and install new warm air supply and return
registers/grilles.
4M 3. Removal of all flexible connections on ductwork in
basement damaged by fire in the Dwelling Unit.
Am 4 . Furnishing and installation of new flexible connections.
5. This Contractor shall brush clean and vacuum the inside
of ductwork throughout the Dwelling Unit.
40
6. Check existing gas-fired furnace and place in operating
condition. Reconnect wiring from existing automatic
vent damper into the burner circuit.
7. Check and place humidifier in operating condition.
8. Provide to the Electrical Subcontractor a new low
voltage thermostat.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy HEATING AND VENTILATING
15500
1
Am
40
SECTION 15500
AN HEATING AND VENTILATING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
+0
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Description of Work 1
1. 03 Submittals 2
1. 04 Quality Assurance 2
+ 1. 05 Guarantee-Warranty 3
1. 06 Environmental Conditions 3
1. 07 Product Handling 3
1. 08 Rules and Regulations 3
1. 09 Protection 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Registers and Grilles 4
2 . 02 Thermostats 4
2 . 03 Flexible Connectors 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Sheet Metal Work 5
3 . 02 Equipment 5
3 . 03 Demolition 5
2020 (HHFR)/lmy HEATING AND VENTILATING
15500
0
joints. Where a
j portion of the water piping system is to be
concealed before completion, this portion shall be tested
separately as specified for the entire system.
D. Defective Work: If inspection or test indicate defects,
such defective work or material shall be replaced or
repaired as necessary and inspection and tests repeated.
Repairs to piping shall be made with new materials. No
caulking of screwed joints or holes will be acceptable.
3 . 06 SERVICES
A. Gas:
1. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall make all necessary
arrangements and pay all fees required for providing gas
service to the Dwelling Unit.
3 . 07 DEMOLITION
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall remove existing kitchen
sink, water closet, lavatory, and bathtub fixtures and
associated piping.
B. All material, fixtures, and equipment removed by the
Plumbing Subcontractor shall remain the property of the Plumbing Subcontractor who shall be responsible for disposal
of same, including any or all fees required to be paid for
this service.
END OF SECTION
w
a
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PLUMBING
15400
11
+�r
installation of all backing for fixtures and accessories,
which affects the structure shall be the work of the
Carpenters and/or General Contractor.
3 . 04 ADJUSTMENTS
A. Adjust all flush valves, hot water heater and fixture supply
fittings for proper operation, and water temperature
controllers for proper outlet temperatures.
" 3 . 05 TESTS
A. Tests for Plumbing Systems: All new soil, waste, vent,
and water piping shall be tested by the Plumbing
Subcontractor and approved before acceptance. Equipment
required for tests shall be furnished by the Plumbing
Subcontractor at no additional cost to the Owner. All tests
shall be witnessed and approved by the Plumbing
Subcontractor.
B. Drainage and venting System Piping: Shall be tested with
water or air before the fixtures are installed.
1. Water Test: Shall be applied to the drainage and
venting system in their entirety or in sections. If the
entire system is tested, all openings in the pipe shall
be tightly closed except the highest opening, and the
system shall be filled with water to the point of
overflow. If the system is tested in sections, each
opening except the highest opening of the section under
test shall be tightly plugged and each section shall be
filled with water and tested with at least a 10 ft. head
of water. In testing successive sections, at least the
upper 10 ft. of the next preceding section shall be
tested so that each joint of pipe in the building except
the uppermost 10 ft. of the system has been submitted to
a test of at least 10 ft. head of water. The water
shall be kept in the system, or in the portion under
test, for at least 15 minutes before the inspection
starts. The system shall be tight at all times.
2. Air Test: If tests are made with air, a pressure of not
less than 5 lbs. per square inch shall be applied with a
force pump and maintained at least 15 minutes without
leakage. A mercury column gauge shall be used in making
the air test.
C. Water System: When the roughing-in hin
Y g g-in is complete, and
before fixtures are set, the new hot and cold water piping
system shall be tested at a hydrostatic pressure of not less
than 125 psi gauge and proved tight at this pressure for not
less than four hours in order to permit inspection of all
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PLUMBING
15400
10
wI
clearance of not less than 1/2 in. between the sleeve and
the pipe of insulation.
C. Cast-iron soil, vent, drainage, and waste lines shall be
carefully graded, fitted, and joined together with either
cast-iron clamps as manufacturer by "MG" coupling or
"clamp-all", in exposed areas, or caulked together with
oakum and lead, using 12 ounces of new pig lead per inch of
diameter of pipe in all unexposed areas. Joints shall be
made gas and watertight. Horizontal drainage piping shall
be installed in practical alignment within the building at a
uniform grade of not less than 1/8 in. fall per foot and not
more than 3/4 in. fall per foot. Pipe to be installed
without undue strain or stresses and provisions made for
expansion, contraction and structural settlement. Every
fixture, floor drain, and item of equipment shall be
individually trapped and vented. Any soil and waste lines
shall be provided with cleanouts at every change in
direction and at the foot of vertical stacks. Changes in
direction shall be made with Y's or 45-degrees elbows. All
offsets in vertical lines shall be made at a minimum angle
of 45 degrees.
erg D. All exposed piping to all fixtures, sinks and items of
equipment shall be chrome plated. All connections to
branches and fixtures shall be taken from top of mains.
3 . 02 VALVES
A. Drains shall be installed at all low points of the water
distribution systems. Stop valves shall be installed at
each fixture. Valves shall not be installed with the stem
inclined at more than 90 degrees from the upright position.
no The stuffing boxes of all valves shall be packed with new
wicking and drips eliminated.
no 3 . 03 FIXTURES
A. Fixtures shall be the best product of the manufacturer and
shall be without defects in construction or appearance,
shall be set true and level, firmly supported in place
without rocking or strain. Fixtures shall be adjusted for
proper operation and shall be tested in the presence of the
• ► Architect-Engineer. All fixtures shall be thoroughly
cleaned and all labels, stickers and dirt marks shall be
removed.
B. The installation of all backing for plumbing fixtures and
their accessories not affecting the structure shall be the
work of the Plumbing Subcontractor. Cutting and chasing
which does not effect the structure shall also be the work
of the Plumbing Subcontractor. All cutting and chasing and
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PLUMBING
15400
9
2 . 04 BATHROOM ACCESSORIES
A. Furnish and install the following accessories:
(1) HM-670 C.P. surface-mounted paper holder.
(1) HM-630 C.P. toothbrush and tumbler holder.
(1) HM-621 C.P. soap holder with drain.
(1) HM-682 C.P. double hook.
(2) HM-694-18 3/4 in. square stainless steel towel
bars, 18 in. length.
(2) HM-390 Stainless steel shower rods, 60 in. long.
B. Medicine cabinet shall be furnished and installed by the
General Contractor.
C. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall coordinate with the General
Contractor for proper locations of all recesses, blocking,
etc. required for the installation of the above
accessories. All blocking shall be installed by the General
Contractor. Anchors and accessories shall be installed by
the Plumbing Subcontractor.
D. Accessories based on Nutone Hallmark, surface mounted, fixed
to wall or supporting surfaces by use of wood screws or
toggle bolts.
E. Check with architectural plans for exact location of
accessories.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION/PIPING .
A. The arrangement of all piping indicated on the drawings is
generally diagrammatic. Conditions at the building shall
determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets,
etc; conditions at the building shall be the determining
factor for all measurements. The layout of all work shall
be subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer, but
the Plumbing Subcontractor shall be responsible for the
necessary coordination of the work under this contract.
Wherever possible, as determined by the Architect-Engineer,
piping shall be installed concealed.
B. Pipes passing through floors, concrete or masonry walls,
shall be centered in sleeves of pipe set in the concrete
before pouring or grouted in masonry walls. Sleeves in the
floor slab shall extend 2 in. above the finished floor.
Sleeves shall be of the first possible pipe size larger than
the pipe or insulated pipe overall diameter to yield a
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PLUMBING
15400
8
�w
C.P. angle supplies with stops,
flexible risers, and wall flanges.
1-1/4 in. by 1-1/2 in. C.P. cast
brass or 17 gauge brass tube "P" trap
with cleanout plug; with C.P. brass
17 gauge tubing to wall with C.P.
wall flange.
F. Bathtub (P-3):
K-715 "Villager" , 60 in. by 30 in. , 14 in.
high, acid-resisting white enameled
" " cast iron recess bath, outlet on
left, "Safeguard" bottom.
M„ K-7160-TF "Clearflo" 1-1/2 in. adjustable
pop-up drain.
S-96-2-X Symmons "Temptrol" tub and shower
unit complete with pressure-balancing
valve with integral stops, shower
head, integral diverter and volume
44 control, with maximum temperature
limit stop, 2 .75 gpm flow
restrictor in shower head, tub
„w spout, arm and flange.
G. Kitchen Sink (P-4) :
on SL-2225-A-GR Just Manufacturing Co. 's or
LR-2522 Elkay Manufacturing Co. 's Type 302,
18-8, 18 gauge stainless steel, sound
dampened, self-rimmed.
K-15174-P "Coralais" C.P. single control
kitchen faucet with lever handle, 8
in. swing spout, with "Swinger"
sprayer/aerator, 1/2 in. N.P.T.
ground joint connectors.
JB99 or LK-99 Type 302 stainless steel cup
strainer.
1/2 in. ball valves with drains on hot
and cold water supplies.
1-1/2 in. rough brass N.Y. regulation
"P" trap with cleanout.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PLUMBING
15400
7
Kohler Co. 's plate numbers to establish type and quality of
materials. Angle stops, straight stops, stops integral with
the faucets, or concealed type of lock shield, loose key
0" pattern stops for supplies shall be furnished and installed
with fixtures. Exposed traps and supply pipes for all
fixtures and equipment shall be chrome plated and connected
to the rough piping systems at the wall. Wall escutcheons
shall be chromium plated or nickel plated brass with
polished, bright surfaces. Vitreous china and acid
resisting enameled cast iron fixtures shall be Kohler
Company, American Standard, Eljer or equal.
B. All plumbing fixtures shall be furnished in white color
except where noted otherwise.
C. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish all supports,
brackets, bolts, etc. for proper installation of all
fixtures requiring support. They shall be in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations and, if necessary,
shall be built into place. This Contractor shall be held
responsible for the stability and proper support of all
plumbing fixtures.
D. Water Closet (P-1) :
K-3421-PB "Wellworth Lite Toilet", vitreous
china 1.5 gallon flush,
closed-coupled design with round
front bowl, direct flow priming jet,
reverse trap, 12 in. "roughing-in".
K-4512-A Vitreous china tank
81093 Float valve with vacuum breaker
81095 Flush valve
K-4534 Tank cover
K-9404 C.P. trip lever
.r C.P. angle supply pipe, flexible
riser with stop, wall flange.
300 TL Church, white solid plastic, closed
front seat with cover.
Floor flange, brass nuts, bolts,
washers, bolt caps, preformed setting
seal ring.
E. Lavatory- (P-2) :
K-2705 "Hampton", 19 in. by 17 in. ,
wall-mount, enameled cast iron with
factory-installed K-8040-2A C.P.
faucet and pop-up drain in polished
chrome.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PLUMBING
15400
6
instructed in the requirements and shall observe same at all
times.
B. All work installed under these plans and specifications must
be installed in strict accordance with the requirements of
all local, state and other departments having jurisdiction,
the utility companies and with the requirements of the
Underwriters' Laboratories, National Bureau of Fire
Underwriters, Massachusetts State Plumbing Code,
Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code, and/or similar codes applied
hereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict
with any codes, or rules and regulations, the latter shall
govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of
applicable codes, rules and regulations, the Contract
provisions shall govern.
1. 09 PROTECTION
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall, at all times, fully
protect his/her work and materials from injury or loss by
others. Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made
good without expense to the Owner. The Plumbing
Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper protection
of all his/her materials until the building is accepted by
the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 PIPING
A. All soil and waste lines, 2 in. and smaller, shall be Type
"M" copper tubing and shall conform to ASTM Specification
B-88 with sweat type fitting using 50-50 solder and
non-corrosive flux, "Non-Korrode", or equal conforming to
ASTM Specifications B-32 alloy 50A.
B. All new hot and cold water piping within the building shall
be hard copper type L seamless drawn tubing, assembled with
sweat fittings. All solders used shall be lead free,
cadmium free, "Silverbrite-100" or equal complying with the
latest issue of ANSI A-5.8 publications. All exposed runs
to all toilet fixtures and sinks shall be chrome plated.
2 . 02 TRAPS
A. Traps at fixtures shall be as listed in the fixture
schedule. Exposed traps shall be chrome plated.
2 . 03 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE TRIMMINGS
A. General Requirements: References made herein to outfit
numbers and figure numbers of plumbing fixtures based on
w
2020(HHFR)/lmy PLUMBING
15400
5
as
40
1. 05 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall and hereby does warrant
00 A.
all work executed and all equipment furnished under
this section shall be free from defects of workmanship and
materials for a period of one (1) year from date of final
acceptance of this work. The Plumbing Subcontractor further
agrees that he/she will, at his/her own expense, repair and
replace all such defective work and all other work damaged
thereby which becomes defective during the term of the
Guarantee/Warranty.
B. All necessary start-up maintenance and service required by
the manufacturer's warranty shall be the responsibility of
the Plumbing Subcontractor.
1. 06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Tools, Scaffolding, Etc. : All necessary tools, machinery,
scaffolding, and transportation for completion of this
contract shall be provided by the Plumbing Subcontractor.
B. Electricity: The Plumbing Subcontractor shall provide
his/her own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60
cycle, single phase electric energy from the General
Contractor to perform his/her machines and light his/her
work. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall provide his/her own
light bulbs, plugs and sockets, etc.
C. Rubbish Removal: All broken or waste material, rags,
packing, etc. resulting from this work shall be removed by
the Plumbing Subcontractor.
1. 07 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of
all his/her materials and fixtures to the building site when
required so as to carry on his/her work and that of other
trades.
' 1. 08 RULES AND REGULATIONS
A. The work shall be performed in such a manner as to conform
to the codes and regulations governing such work, as may be
required by Local and State ordinances. The Plumbing
Subcontractor shall secure all permits required for
installation of his/her materials and shall pay for all fees
required for such permits. The Plumbing Subcontractor and
his/her subcontractors shall inform themselves of all State
and Federal work safety rules and regulations, including the
provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of
1971. All work persons employed on the project shall be
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PLUMBING
15400
4
on
1. 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Execution:
1. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall refer to all drawings
for a full comprehension of the work to be done and for
conditions affecting the location and placement of
his/her equipment and materials. These drawings are
intended to be supplementary to the specifications, and
any work indicated, mentioned, or implied in either is
to be considered as specified by both. Should the
character of the work herein contemplated or any matter
pertaining thereto be not sufficiently explained in the
specifications or drawings, the Plumbing Subcontractor
may apply to the Architect-Engineer for further
information, and shall conform to such when given, as it
may be consistent with the original intent. The
Architect-Engineer reserves the right to make any
reasonable changes in location prior to installation at
no expense to the Owner. All lines are diagrammatic and
"�' exact locations are subject to the approval of the
Architect-Engineer.
2 . Before submitting a bid, the Plumbing Subcontractor
shall visit the site with the plans and specifications,
and shall become thoroughly familiar with all conditions
affecting his/her work, since he/she will be held
responsible for any assumption he/she may make in regard
thereto.
3 . The Plumbing Subcontractor shall employ only competent
and experienced work persons at a regular schedule in
harmony with the other tradespersons on the job. The
Plumbing Subcontractor shall also exercise care and
supervision of his/her employees in regard to proper and
expeditious layout of his/her work.
B. Products•
1. All materials used in this Plumbing Section shall be
U.S. made, new, full weight and first class in every
respect, without defects, and designed to function
properly in that portion of the work for which they are
intended, with the same brand of manufacturers for each
class of material or equipment.
2 . Equality of material or equipment other than those named
or described in this section shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of the Conditions of the
Contract, Division 1, General Requirements, and as
" specified further herein.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PLUMBING
.w 15400
3
.ft
operational system and shall include all piping, valves,
stops, structural support (hangers, etc. ) , and such
other standard or specified accessories as are necessary
for a complete, approved system.
3 . Hot water system connecting each new fixture, device,
and item of equipment requiring hot water within the
building from existing "rough-in" . The system shall be
installed with all incidentals necessary for a complete
operational system and shall include all piping, valves,
stops, structural support (hangers, etc. ) , and such
other standard or specified accessories as are necessary
for a complete, approved system.
4. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall be held responsible for
testing the existing hot and cold water piping and
fittings for leaks, etc. which may have occurred due to
fire damage in the Dwelling Unit. Repair any and/or all
items that have been proven defective.
5. The existing gas water heater's gas and water piping
shall be tested and corrections made, if required.
Heater's control elements shall be tested and the unit
placed in operational condition.
6. The disconnecting, removal and/or revamping of the
existing piping systems interfering with, or made
obsolete by, new construction.
D. Work Not Included:
1. All cutting and chasing and installation of all backing
for fixtures and accessories, which affects the
• structure shall be the work of the carpenters and/or
general contractor.
2 . Painting.
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Within thirty (30) days of award of contract, the Plumbing
Subcontractor shall submit for approval, six (6) copies of a
complete list of manufacturer's shop drawings, detail
prints, and data sheets for the following items:
1. Plumbing fixtures.
2. Plumbing specialties.
B. Do not release for shipment, deliver, or set in place any
equipment or material without the proper approval of the
Architect-Engineer.
2020(HHFR)/lmy PLUMBING
15400
2
o.
SECTION 15400
PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
r 1. 02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Extent: The work required under this section, without
.. limiting the generality thereof, includes all labor,
materials, services, and equipment necessary for and
reasonably incidental to the proper and complete
installation of all sanitary, vent lines, hot and cold water
piping, and the furnishing and installation of all fixtures
and labor necessary, whether or not such items are
specifically indicated on the drawings or in the
ON specifications, to complete the plumbing systems in all
respects ready for continuous and trouble free operation.
B. Intent: It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
include all work and materials necessary for erecting
complete, ready for continuous use, all plumbing systems as
shown on the accompanying drawings or as hereinafter
described. These drawings shall be taken in a sense as
diagrammatic; sizes of pipes, etc. and methods of running
them are shown, but it is not intended to show every offset
and fitting nor every structural difficulty that will be
encountered during the installation of the work.
C. Work Included: The principal items of plumbing work shall
conform to the Massachusetts State Plumbing Code and shall
include but are not limited to the following:
40 1. Sanitary, waste, and vent system within the building
shall be installed with all incidentals necessary for a
complete operational system. The system shall include
m all piping, traps, flanges, seals, structural supports,
(hangers, etc. ) , fixtures, and such other standard
accessories as are necessary for a complete, approved
4% system.
2. Cold water system, connecting each new fixture, device,
and item of equipment requiring cold water within the
4% building from existing "rough-in" . The system shall be
installed with all incidentals necessary for a complete
40
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PLUMBING
4ft 15400
1
aw
oft
SECTION 15400
44 PLUMBING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Scope of Work 1
1. 03 Submittals 2
1. 04 Quality Assurance 3
1. 05 Guarantee/Warranty 4
1. 06 Environmental Conditions 4
1. 07 Product Handling 4
1. 08 Rules and Regulations 4
1. 09 Protection 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
aiw
2 . 01 Piping 5
2 . 02 Traps 5
2 . 03 Plumbing Fixtures and Fixture
Trimmings 5
2 . 04 Bathroom Accessories 8
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Installation/Application/Erection/
Piping 8
3 . 02 Valves 9
3 . 03 Fixtures 9
„w 3 . 04 Adjustments 10
3 . 05 Tests 10
3 . 06 Services 11
3 . 07 Demolition 11
Aw
am 2020 (HHFR)/lmy PLUMBING
15400
o
0
is
3 . 04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touch-Up: At the completion of work of other trades,
touch-up and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces.
B. Cleanincf: During the progress of the work, remove from
the site all discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and
rags at the end of each work day.
3 . 05 PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not,
against damage by the painting and finishing work. Leave
all such work undamaged. Correct any damages by cleaning,
repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to the
Architect-Engineer.
3 . 06 EXTRA STOCK/SPARE PARTS
A. Under the scope of work of this Section, furnish to the
Owner one sealed quart or five percent (whichever is
greater) of each color paint used on the project, with
correct identification (both manufacturer's and
• Architect-Engineer's designations) .
END OF SECTION
Beier
err.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PAINTING
e,rs 09900
10
ww
AN E. Application - Interior:
1. Ferrous Metal: All new miscellaneous ferrous metal
work shall receive one coat Interior Trim Primer; two
coats Pratt and Lambert Effecto Enamel (semi-gloss) , all
in addition to any shop primer, except as otherwise
specified. Included herein are metal doors and frames,
handrails, metal work, metal trim, metal ducts, louvers
and grilles, access panels, exposed piping, exposed
ductwork, metal angles, lintels, and all other metal
items except as otherwise specified. Existing painted
metal surfaces may omit primer coat.
10 � N 2. Wood: Doors, trim, plywood, millwork, and
Natural: All exposed wood shall
fm receive one coat sealer and two coats of polyurethane
with last coat of satin or approved equal. Paint all
edges, of all doors, a minimum of two coats of varnish
after fitting.
3 . Plaster, hard smooth finish, after touching up plaster
repair areas shall be given one coat of Pratt and
Lambert's Vapex wall primer and one coat of Pratt and
Lambert's Cellu- lk d enamel-satin finish
a roved e a Where called for, prove a Textured
C, Paint to wall and ceiling surfaces.
4. Radiation Covers: All radiation covers, convectors,
cabinet heaters, enclosures, supports and exposed
heating piping in those areas to be painted and the boiler room shall be painted one coat of Pratt and
Lambert's enamel undercoater and one coat of "cellutone
satin" to match color of walls in addition to the primer.
5. Exposed Wood Shelving in Storage Rooms or Closets:
Shall be given one coat of sealer and one coat of pale
trim varnish after sanding.
6. Concealed shelving in cabinets, counters and cupboards
in similar enclosed units, shelves shall be given two
coats of penetrating sealer 1161".
7. Miscellaneous:
a. Paint walls behind and prime coat the backs of all
movable shelving, movable cabinet work and cabinet
Wk doors. Walls behind whiteboards and tackboards need
not be painted.
C. Boiler room piping shall be color coded to OSHA
specifications.
f C - ( �i� 1�- -7 a ,!'i ii qZ0
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PAINTING
4W 09900
9
s S
shall approximate the finished color, as directed by the
Architect-Engineer.
B. Workmanship for Exterior Painting:
1. Exterior painting shall not be done when the surface
temperature is below 50 degrees F. , while the surface is
damp, or during cold, rainy or frosty weather. Avoid
painting surfaces while they are exposed to hot sun.
2 . All new exterior wood trim shall be back-primed before
installation with exterior wood primer.
3 . Exterior doors shall have tops, bottoms, and side edges
finished the same as the exterior faces of these doors.
C. Workmanship for Interior Painting:
1. All new interior wood trim shall be back-primed before
installation with undercoat or penetrating sealer, as
required.
2 . Enamel or varnish finish applied to wood or metal shall
be sanded with fine sandpaper and then cleaned between
coats to produce an even smooth surface.
„ 3. All miscellaneous surfaces shall be finished the same as
nearest adjoining surfaces, unless otherwise specified
or directed by the Architect-Engineer.
4. Paste wood filler applied on open pp p grained wood, after
commencing to flatten, shall be wiped across the grain
of the wood, then with a circular motion to secure a
smooth, filled, clean surface with filler remaining in
open grain only. After over night dry, sand surface
until smooth before applying specified coat.
D. Application - Exterior:
1. All ferrous metal, trim, pipes, metal doors and frames,
etc. shall receive one coat Pratt and Lambert Noxide
primer; two coats Pratt and Lambert Effecto Enamel.
2. All sheet metal shall receive one coat Pratt and Lambert
Noxide galvanized primer; two coats Pratt and Lambert
Effecto Enamel.
3 . All new or bare wood surfaces, trim, soffits, lap
siding, and miscellaneous woodwork shall receive one
coat Pratt and Lambert Permalize Exterior Primer; two
coats Pratt and Lambert Permalize House & Trim.
Existing painted surfaces with soundly adhered paint
coating may omit the primer coat.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PAINTING
09900
8
4. The Painting Subcontractor shall furnish a schedule
showing when he expects to have completed the respective
coats of paint for the various areas and surfaces. This
40 schedule shall be kept current as job progress
dictates. If the Architect-Engineer so directs, the
succeeding coats shall not be applied until he has
40 inspected the previous coats.
5. The Painting Subcontractor not only shall protect his
work at all times, but shall also protect all adjacent
"! work and materials by suitable covering or other method
during progress of this work. Upon completion of the
work, the Painting Subcontractor shall remove all paint
and varnish spots from the floors, glass and other
surfaces. The Painting Subcontractor shall remove from
the premises all rubbish and accumulated materials of
«.w whatever nature not caused by others and shall leave the
work of this Section in a clean, orderly and acceptable
condition.
6. Remove and protect hardware, accessories, device plates,
lighting fixtures, factory finished work, and similar
items, or provide ample in-place protection. Upon
completion of each space, carefully replace all removed
items. Remove electrical panel box covers and doors
before painting wall. Paint separately and reinstall
after all paint is dry.
7. All materials shall be applied under adequate
illumination, evenly spread and smoothly flowed-on to
avoid runs, sags, holidays, brush marks, air bubbles,
and excessive roller stipple. Coverage and hide shall
be complete. When color, stain, dirt, or undercoats
show through final coat of paint, the surface shall be
covered by additional coats until the paint film is
uniform in finish, color, appearance, and coverage, at
no additional cost to the Owner. Make edges of paint
adjoining other materials or colors sharp and clean
without overlapping.
8. All coats shall be thoroughly dry before applying
succeeding coats. All suction spots or "hot spots" in
plaster and/or cement after the application of the first
44 coat shall be touched up before applying the second coat.
9. Provide "wet paint" signs as required to protect newly
4W painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings
provided by others for protection of their work after
completion of painting operations.
10. Unless otherwise directed by the Architect-Engineer,
each coat of paint shall be slightly darker color than
preceding coat to prevent skipping. All prime coats
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PAINTING
09900
7
Aft
4.0 6. Surface shall be free of any foreign materials which
will adversely affect adhesion or appearance of applied
coating.
40
7. Mildew shall be removed and the surfaces neutralized.
B. Wood:
1. Sandpaper to smooth and even surface, then dust off.
2 . After priming coat has dried, apply shellac, four pounds
cut, to all knots, pitch and resinous sapwood.
AM 3 . After priming coat has dried, putty all nail holes,
cracks, open joints and other defects. Putty shall be
colored to match paint.
C. Natural Wood Surfaces:
1. Remove all dirt, scuffs and varnish from existing
natural wood surfaces which are to remain exposed to
view in any habitable room by rubbing with steel wool
and turpentine or other suitable methods to thoroughly
clean and prepare wood for natural restorative
refinishing.
D. Plaster Surfaces: Fill all holes and cracks. Do not use
sandpaper on plaster surfaces to be painted. Before
painting any new plaster, the surface shall first be tested
with a moisture-testing device especially designed for this
purpose. No paint or sealer shall be applied on plaster
when the moisture content exceeds 5.5 percent as determined
by the testing device; test sufficient areas in each space
and as often as necessary to determine the proper moisture
content for painting.
40 3 . 03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Workmanship:
am 1. Only skilled mechanics shall be employed. Application
may be by brush, roller or spray upon approval from the
Architect-Engineer.
r
2. Equipment and tools shall be kept clean and in proper
condition to provide a job commensurate with the intent
No of this specification.
3 . All materials shall be mixed, thinned, modified, and
applied only as specified by the manufacturer's
40 directions. All priming coats and undercoats shall be
tinted to the approximate shade of the final coat.
2020(HHFR)/lmy PAINTING
09900
6
Aw
" G. No dry pigments shall be mixed with oil on the premises.
2 . 02 EQUIPMENT
40
A. Equipment is not required to be new, but shall be adequately
commensurate for the work and workmanship required herein.
B. Equipment shall include all required ladders, scaffolding,
staging, drop cloths, maskings, scrapers, tools, sandpaper,
dusters, cleaning solvents and waste, as required to perform
the work and achieve the results herein specified.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .01 INSPECTION
A. Before starting any work, surfaces to receive paint finishes
shall be examined carefully for defects which cannot be
corrected by the procedures specified herein under
"Preparation of Surfaces" and which might prevent
40 satisfactory painting results. Work shall not proceed until
such defects are corrected.
w B. Surfaces shall be clean, dry, smooth, and at the proper
temperature.
C. The commencing of work in a specific area shall be construed
as acceptance of the surfaces, and thereafter the Painting
Subcontractor shall be fully responsible for satisfactory
work as required herein.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
r A. General:
1. Before painting is started in any area, the area shall
be broom cleaned and all dust shall be removed by vacuum.
2. After painting operations begin in a given area, broom
cleaning will not be allowed. Cleaning shall then be
done only with commercial vacuum cleaning equipment.
3 . Adequate illumination shall be provided in all areas
where painting operations are in progress.
4. This work shall be scheduled and coordinated with other
trades and shall not proceed until other work and/or job
conditions are as required to achieve satisfactory
results.
5. Surfaces shall be clean, dry, and adequately protected
from dampness.
wM
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PAINTING
09900
Am 5
Am
2 . Paint materials shall not be allowed to be frozen.
1. 07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. All original paint materials shall be maintained for one
year; during this period there shall be no evidence of
blisters, streaks, peeling, scalping, running, chalking, or
staining.
1. 08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Maintain temperature in building at constant 65 degrees F.
or above during drying of plaster and masonry, and provide
ft adequate ventilation for escape of moisture from buildings,
in order to prevent mildew, damage to other work and
improper drying. Once painting has commenced, provide
constant temperature of 65 degrees F. or above, and prevent
wide variation in temperature which might result in
condensation on freshly painted surfaces.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: Products of the following manufacturers
will be acceptable, subject to compliance with specification
requirements: Pratt and Lambert, Pittsburgh, Benjamin
Moore, California Products Company, Glidden, or Hillyard.
B. Except as otherwise specified, proprietary names used
hereinafter refer to products manufactured by Pratt and
Lambert or Hillyard, and are used for convenience only.
sw C. All accessory materials, such as linseed oil, shellac and
turpentine shall be pure and of highest quality, and shall
be approved by the Architect-Engineer. They shall bear
identifying labels on the containers with the manufacturer's
instruction printed thereon.
D. Paint shall be well ground, shall not settle, cake or
thicken in the container, shall be readily broken with
paddle to a smooth consistency and shall have easy brushing
properties.
E. Paint shall arrive on the job ready-mixed. Job mixing or
job tinting, except for tinting of undercoats, shall not be
done except when specifically approved by the
Architect-Engineer.
F. All thinning and tinting materials shall be as recommended
by the manufacturer for the particular material thinned or
tinted.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PAINTING
09900
4
be set forth in the color schedule to be furnished by the
Architect-Engineer.
1. 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
�,. other than those named or described in this Section will be
determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
B. Tests: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance
with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications:
1. Contractor: A competent foreman with a wide
background of experience in the work contemplated shall
be in charge of the work at all times.
2 . Verification: The Contractor shall either verify in
writing that he/she intends to apply the proprietary
products listed in the paint schedules, or submit for
approval a list of comparable materials of another
listed approved manufacturer. This submittal shall
include full identifying product names and catalog
numbers.
1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Regulatory: In accordance with the State Building Code,
all walls shall be painted with Class I (0 to 25) Fire
Retardant Paints.
1. 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: All paints, varnishes, enamels, lacquers,
stains, paste fillers, and similar materials must be
delivered in the original containers with the seals unbroken
and labels intact, and with the manufacturer's instruction
printed thereon.
B. Storage:
1. All materials used on the job shall be stored in a
single place designated by the Owner or the
Architect-Engineer. Such storage place shall be kept
neat and clean, and all damage thereto or its
surroundings shall be made good. Any soiled or used
rags, waste and trash must be removed from the building
every night, and every precaution taken to avoid the
danger of fire.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PAINTING
09900
"" 3
AM
""t be painted or finished as part of the work covered by
this Section.
44 B. Work Not Included: Do Not Paint:
1. Aluminum windows, fascia metal.
2. Prefinished cabinetwork.
3 . Glazing and caulking compounds.
C. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections.
1. SECTION 07100 - CAULKING.
I'm
a. Caulking between dissimilar materials.
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal provisions
and procedures. Approval by the Architect- Engineer must be
obtained prior to deliver of materials to the site.
B. Samples: Submit samples to the Architect-Engineer for
approval not less than two months before any painting will
start. Rejected samples shall be submitted until approved.
Obtain approval in writing before delivering materials.
1. Woodwork: Prepare specimens at least 12 in. square on
the wood specified of each natural, stained, or painted
finish in colors shown in the color schedule, or
matching existing wood finishes.
2. Metals: Prepare specimens at least 12 in. square on
sheet metal of each type of finish, applying prime coat,
intermediate, and finish coats, in accordance with the
color schedule.
3. Approval: Material furnished shall match in color and
sheen the approved samples.
4" C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and
application recommendations for all material proposed to be
used.
me D. Test Report: Submit certified laboratory test reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements.
!*t E. Colors: Submit samples of complete color ranges available
in all the materials specified. Colors of all finishes will
so
2020(HHFR)/lmy PAINTING
09900
No 2
�w
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
+we 1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including
but not limited to the following:
1. The terms "paint" or "painting" as used in this Section
in a general sense has reference to sealers, varnishes,
primers, stains, oils, alkyd-latex-epoxy and enamel-type
paints, and the application of these materials.
2 . The painting of all surfaces, interior and exterior, as
specified herein and as noted on the drawings.
3 . The painting of all exposed surfaces of all ferrous
metal work, of the building exterior, in whatever
locations found, which are not painted under other
sections of the specifications.
- -)u— GJ 7 Pv N �W 6PI-Af r<X wR LC.r
4. The sealing of all restored exterior surfaces of brick.
5. The painting of all exterior wood and metal.
6. The painting of all interior surfaces of masonry, wood,
concrete, plaster, gypsum board, and metal, including
wood shelving in closets and storage rooms.
7. The painting of all exposed pipes, ducts, and metal
surfaces of equipment installed under the "Plumbing",
"Heating and Ventilating", and "Electrical" sections of
this Contract.
8. The painting of all millwork items.
9. The Painting Subcontractor shall examine the
specifications for the various other trades and shall
thoroughly familiarize himself with their provisions
regarding painting. All surfaces that are left
unfinished by the requirements of other sections shall
�r
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PAINTING
09900
' '' 1
wo
4
SECTION 09900
Oft PAINTING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
s
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Description of Work 1
1. 03 Submittals 2
1.04 Quality Assurance 3
1.05 Reference Standards 3
1.06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 3
1.07 Guarantee/Warranty 4
Oft 1.08 Environmental Conditions 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials 4
2 .02 Equipment 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection 5
3 .02 Preparation 5
3 . 03 Installation/Application/Erection 6
3 .04 Adjusting and Cleaning 10
3 .05 Protection 10
3 . 06 Extra Stock/Spare Parts 10
u�t
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PAINTING
09900
0
40
3 . 06 EXTRA STOCK/SPARE PARTS
A. At the start of the work, extra tile shall be delivered to
the Owner. Sufficient tile shall be ordered initially so
that all tile shall exactly match the tile used.
1. Vinyl Composition: Ten percent of each color is
required as determined by the Architect-Engineer.
B. A receipt signed by the Owner will be required as evidence
of delivery of extra tile.
3 . 07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Maintenance:
1. Furnish two copies of a list of recommended maintenance
products and procedures.
2 . Instruct Owner's designated representative on proper
floor washings and maintenance for tile.
END OF SECTION
Aw
2020 (HHFR)/vjc RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
' " 6
ON
"" of largest possible size in accurately aligned
manner, fit into breaks, recesses and against base.
„% b. Lay tiles with the grain parallel or reverse, as
directed by the Architect-Engineer.
c. Accurately cut tile to and around permanently built
"' in cabinets.
d. Install protective edgings and reducer strips,
properly adhered to substrate. Edgings shall be
installed wherever resilient tile abuts other floor
finishes.
3 . 04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjusting:
1. Inspect and make necessary adjustment within two months
of the time that heat is supplied continuously in each
finished area.
2 . Tiles that have not "seated" in a level plane shall have
heat applied locally and be quickly rolled to
surrounding floor tile level.
3 . Tiles not accurately cut shall be promptly removed and
replaced with properly cut tile.
4. Materials showing broken corners, minor breaks, or
fracture lines across their surfaces shall be warmed and
removed. Substitute new materials of same color,
thickness, and size to eliminate the defect.
B. Cleaning:
1. Upon completion of the installation of floor covering
and adjacent work and after materials have set, clean
surfaces with a neutral cleaner as recommended by the
manufacturer for the type of floor covering material
installed. Remove all cement, dirt, and other foreign
substances.
2 . On vinyl composition tile, apply one heavy coat of water
4W emulsion wax and buff to produce well-polished finish.
3 . Remove all rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
3 . 05 PROTECTION
oft A. Do not permit traffic on finished floors unless they are
protected with heavy paper.
2020 (HHFR)/vjc RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
5
+raw
C. Immediately prior to installation of resilient flooring
materials, subflooring shall be thoroughly dry, broom clean,
free of springiness, grease, oil, paint, varnish, curing
compounds, hardeners, sprinkled cement, mortar or plaster
droppings, dirt, crumbly or scaly surfaces, and the like.
.w D. Prime surfaces other than wood if recommended by floor
covering manufacturer.
E. Do not begin work under this Section until work of other
trades, including painting, has been completed. Coordinate
work with other trades.
3 . 03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Application of Adhesives:
1. Mix and apply adhesives in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
aAR 2 . Provide safety precautions during mixing and
applications as recommended by adhesive manufacturer.
3 . Apply uniformly over surfaces and proceed as follows:
a. Cover only that amount of area which can be covered
by flooring material within the recommended working
time of the adhesive.
b. Remove any adhesive which dries or films over.
C. Prevent soiling of walls, bases and, adjacent areas
by providing proper protection with approved
materials.
d. Promptly remove any spillage.
4 . Apply adhesives with notched trowel or other approved
tools.
5. Clean trowels and rework notches as necessary to insure
proper application of adhesive throughout the work
period.
B. Installation of Flooring Materials:
1. Tiles:
a. Use only experienced workmen. Lay tiles so as to
insure good contact with close, even joints and with
finished surfaces in true plane and smooth field,
lay tiles square with room axis, with border width
2020 (HHFR)/vjc RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
4
00
No shall be first-quality material and composed of
thoroughly blended composition of vinyl plastic resins,
plasticizers, alkali-resisting pigments, and mineral
40 fillers formed under pressure while hot and cut to
size. It shall be dimensionally stable, fire retardant,
and thoroughly resistant to alkali, grease, and oils.
It shall have a smooth, tough wearing face, free from
40 cracks, blisters, and other physical defects affecting
its appearance or serviceability. Tile shall be uniform
in thickness and accurately cut with square edges.
B. Adhesives: Adhesives shall be waterproofed cement
(solvent type) as recommended by the manufacturer of the
tile.
C. Underlayment: Mastic type with binder of latex or
polyvinyl acetate where required for leveling. To be
Levelastic or approved equal.
D. Edging Strips: Install vinyl reducer strips at edges of
ceramic tile floors at bathroom where required by
differences in levels and materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Examine substrate for excessive moisture content and
unevenness which would prevent execution and quality of
resilient flooring as specified. Notify the Architect-
Engineer in writing of any defects in the subfloor.
B. Moisture content shall not exceed 3 percent by weight as
determined by moisture tests.
C. Do not proceed with installation of work of this Section
until defects have been corrected except where correction is
indicated under preparation in this Section. Starting of
work of this Section shall mean the acceptance of the
condition of the substrate by the Subcontractor performing
the work of this Section.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Remove dirt, oil, grease, incompatible curing compounds, or
other foreign matter from surfaces to receive floor covering
materials.
B. Fill substrate cracks which are less than 1/16 in. (1.6 mm)
wide and depressions which are less than 1/8 in. (3 .2 mm)
deep with approved type mastic underlayment. For
depressions greater than 1/8 in. , build up in 1/8 in. layers.
2020 (HHFR)/vjc RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
3
Im
so B. Tests: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance
O. with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
1. 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Industry: All materials and operations shall meet the
requirements of the latest revision of the standard
specifications of the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) .
B. Regulatory: The design, construction, and installation of
all work shall meet or exceed the current minimum
requirements of the Massachusetts Department of Public
Safety.
1. 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the project site in
err manufacturer's original, unopened containers with labels
indicating brand names, colors and patterns, and quality
designations legible and intact.
B. Storage: Store and protect materials in accordance with
manufacturer's directions and recommendations and, unless
otherwise directed, store materials in original containers
at not less than 70 degrees F. (21 degrees C. ) for not less
than 24 hours immediately before installation.
1. 07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Maintain temperature in space to receive tile between 70
degrees F. and 90 degrees F. (21 degrees C. and 32 degrees
C. ) for not less than 48 hours before and 48 hours after
installation.
+ " B. Maintain minimum temperature of 55 degrees F. (13 degrees
C. ) after flooring is installed except as specified in
Paragraph 1. 07.A.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2. 01 MATERIALS
A. Vinyl Composition Tile:
1. All vinyl composition tile shall be 1/8 in. by 12 in. by
12 in. in marbleized colors as selected from the
manufacturer's entire color range. Tile to be as
manufactured by Armstrong, Azrock, Tarkett/Gafstar,
Flintkote, or approved equal. Vinyl composition tile
2020 (HHFR)/vjc RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
�► 2
W*
mw
no
silk
ow
■w
no
ON
No
w
w►
op
dw
■m
imp
�w
SECTION 09700
RESILIENT FLOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
w CONTRACT and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including
but not limited to the following:
••� 1. Vinyl composition tiles.
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
we
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal provisions
and procedures. Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be
obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site.
B. Samples: Submit two samples of each item, color, and
pattern available in the specified products from the
proposed manufacturer. Quality, colors, and mottlings of
installed materials shall match approved samples held by the
Architect-Engineer.
C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data showing
compliance with specifications and recommended installation
procedures.
D. Test Reports: Submit certified laboratory test reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements.
E. Colors: Colors of all materials shall be as selected by
the Architect-Engineer from samples of the standard color
ranges of materials submitted as above.
1. 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will be
determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
2020 (HHFR)/vjc RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
1
.4
SECTION 09700
sir RESILIENT FLOORS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Description of Work 1
1.03 Submittals 1
1.04 Quality Assurance 1
1.05 Reference Standards 2
1.06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1.07 Environmental Conditions 2
w PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .01 Materials 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection 3
3 .02 Preparation 3
3 . 03 Installation/Application/Erection 4
3 .04 Adjusting and Cleaning 5
3 . 05 Protection 5
3 .06 Extra Stock/Spare Parts 6
3 .07 Operation and Maintenance Data 6
ox
wry
�w
w 2020 (HHFR)/lmy RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
0
AM
40, D. Polish surface of tile work with soft cloth.
E. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work
40 of this Section.
3 . 05 PROTECTION
A. Prohibit all foot and wheel traffic from using newly tiled
floors for at least three days and preferably seven days.
B. Before traffic is permitted over finished floors, cover
floors with building paper and lay board walkways on floors
that are to be continuously used as passageways by workmen.
Floor areas to be trucked over shall have suitably
constructed continuous plank runways of required width
installed over building paper. Remove cracked, broken, or
damaged tile; replace with new.
3 . 06 EXTRA STOCK/SPARE PARTS
• A. Supply in clean marked cartons for Owner's use, a minimum of
one carton or 2 percent, whichever is greater, of each tile
type and color used.
END OF SECTION
w
w
2020(HHFR)/lmy CERAMIC TILE
09310
6
shall be not less than 3/4 in. and shall average 1-1/4
in.
A^ 2 . Laying Ceramic Floor and Wall Tiles: After setting
bed has set sufficiently to be worked over, sprinkle dry
cement over surface; begin tile laying. Set straight
'Am edges to established lines; reset at suitable intervals
to keep joints parallel over entire area. Lay tile
sheets to straight edges with joints between sheets same
as joints between tiles on sheets, after which tamp tile
00 solidly onto bed; use wood blocks of such size as to
ensure solid bedding, free from depressions. Lay out
tile to eliminate cut tile to greatest extent possible.
m Fractional changes in dimensions without varying
uniformity of joint widths permitted where required; cut
tile with suitable cutting tool; rub rough edges
go smooth. Replace cut tile misfits with properly cut
tile. Cut to fit neatly at all corners, recesses,
curbs, walls, and pipes.
C. Grouting of Tile: Tile on floors shall be firmly set
before grouting. This requires at least 48 hours. Remove
any spacers or ropes before grouting. Remove all glue from
face mounted tile before grouting. Using a Portland Cement
grout of mix as hereinbefore specified, force maximum amount
of grout into joints. Clean the joints of cushion edge tile
to depth of cushion. Fill joints of square-edge tile flush
with surface. Fill all gaps and skips. Do not permit
mortar to show through joints. Finished grout shall be
uniform in color, smooth and without voids, pin holes, or
low spots. Tile shall be clean.
D. Curing: Damp cure all tile installations, including
Portland Cement grout, for 72 hours minimum.
E. Sealer: All ceramic tile floors shall be given, after
cleaning, one coat of approved sealer installed in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
F. Lay Quarry Tile as specified above for ceramic tile and in
strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
3 . 04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
Oft A. Clean tile surfaces as thoroughly as possible upon
completion of grouting.
B. Remove all grout haze, observing grout manufacturer's
recommendations as to use of acid and chemical cleaners.
C. Rinse tile work thoroughly with clean water before and after
using chemical cleaners.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy CERAMIC TILE
09310
as 5
3 . 03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Layout and Workmanship:
1. Center and balance areas of tile, if possible.
2. An excess amount of cuts shall not be made. Usually, no
cuts smaller than half size shall be made. Make all
cuts on the outer edges of the field.
3 . Smooth cut edges. Install tile without jagged or flaked
edges.
w 4 . Fit tile closely where edges will be covered by trim,
escutcheons, or other similar devices.
5. The splitting of tile is expressly prohibited except
where no alternative is possible.
6. Keep all joint lines straight and of even width,
including miters.
7. Thoroughly back-up with mortar bed mix and secure firmly
in place all thick-bed nosings, coves, curbings,
gutters, flat tile and trimmers, molded or shaped
pieces.
8. Bond coat mix shall be used to back-up thick-bed trim
and angles. Coat all thick-bed trim shapes with 1/32 to
1/16 in. of bond coat mix.
a�•
9. Finish floor and wall areas level and plumb with no
variations exceeding 1/8 in. in 8 ft. from the required
plane.
10. Finished tile work shall be clean and free of pitted,
chipped, cracked, or scratched tiles.
B. Portland Cement Mortar Bed Installation:
1. Unless otherwise specified, place and bond the mortar
bed to concrete slabs as follows: Saturate clean,
smooth concrete surface with water immediately prior to
placing the bonded mortar bed. Concrete surface to be
completely free of standing water. Before placing
mortar bed, spread a very thin continuous coating of
pure Portland Cement paste on the concrete surface or
" dust a thin layer of dry Portland Cement on the concrete
and wet it. Broom the pure Portland Cement slurry or
the wetted Portland Cement dust to completely coat the
concrete surface with a thin and uniform coating.
Immediately apply mortar bed. Mortar bed thickness
2020 (HHFR)/lmy CERAMIC TILE
09310
4
am
Am
2 .02 MIXES (By Volume)
A. Portland Cement Mortar: (Floors and Wall)
1 part Portland Cement.
6 parts damp sand.
B. Bond Coat: Portland Cement paste.
w C. Grout: 1 part Portland Cement.
1 part 30 mesh sand.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Examine surfaces to receive ceramic tile for defects or
conditions adversely affecting quality and execution of tile
installation. Do not proceed with installation work until
Oft unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
1. The maximum allowable variation in sub-floor surface for
tile installation shall be a maximum of 1/8 in. per 8 ft.
2. Surfaces shall be firm, dry, clean, and free of oily or
waxy films.
3 . Grounds, anchors, electrical, and mechanical work in or
behind tile shall be installed prior to proceeding with
the work.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Procedure: Do not start floor tiling until wall
construction has been completed or as approved by the
Architect-Engineer.
B. Clean surface thoroughly to remove all oil, dirt, and dust
to expose concrete.
C. Heaters shall be vented to outside to avoid carbon dioxide
damage to new tile work.
D. Lighting shall be adequate for good grouting and cleanup.
E. Temperature shall be 50 degrees F. minimum during tile work
and for seven days after completion.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy CERAMIC TILE
09310
3
on
MR
1. 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
An A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will be
determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
in B. Tests: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance
46 with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
1. 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Industry: All materials and operations shall meet the
requirements of the latest revision of the standard
specifications of the American Society for Testing and
ON Materials (ASTM) , the Tile Council of America, Inc. (TCA) ,
and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) .
ON 1.06 DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: All materials shall be delivered in the
40 original unopened packages, containers, and bundles bearing
the name of the manufacturer and the brand. Labels shall be
legible and intact. Grade seals shall be unbroken.
!* B. Storage: Plaster and lime shall be stored off the ground
under watertight covers and away from sweating walls and
other damp surfaces until ready for use. Damaged or
deteriorated materials shall be removed from premises.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ceramic floor and wall tiles shall be as manufactured by
American Olean, Cambridge, Mosaic, Romany, or approved
equal.
B. Ceramic floor and wall tiles shall be face mounted unglazed
ceramic tile in 2 in. by 2 in. size, colors to be selected
from manufacturer's full range of colors. Special shapes to
be as required for interior and exterior corners, bullnose
edges, and bases. Ceramic tiles shall conform to ANSI
137. 1. All tile shall be non-slip tile.
40
2020(HHFR)/lmy CERAMIC TILE
09310
2
Am
oft
SECTION 09310
OR CERAMIC TILE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
w. 1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including
but not limited to the following:
1. Ceramic mosaic floor tile in the bathroom floor and
walls as indicated on the drawings.
A.
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal provisions
and procedures. Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be
obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site.
B. Samples: Submit samples of the following materials to the
Architect-Engineer for approval:
1. Ceramic Floor and Wall Tile: One sample approximately
12 in. by 12 in. size of all standard color
combinations.
2 . Waterproofing membrane.
C. Product Data: Submit two copies of the manufacturer's
specifications and installation instructions for each
„ material and include other data as may be required to show
compliance with these specifications.
D. Test Reports: Submit certified laboratory test reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements.
E. Colors: Colors of all materials shall be as selected by
+.. the Architect-Engineer from the standard color ranges of
each manufacturer from samples submitted as per above.
2020(HHFR)/lmy CERAMIC TILE
09310
1
w�
SECTION 09310
CERAMIC TILE
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
w
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 General Provisions 1
1.02 Description of Work 1
1.03 Submittals 1
1.04 Quality Assurance 2
1.05 Reference Standards 2
1.06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .01 Materials 2
2 .02 Mixes 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
" 3 .01 Inspection 3
3 .02 Preparation 3
3 .03 Installation/Application/Erection 4
3 .04 Adjusting and Cleaning 5
3 .05 Protection 6
3 .06 Extra Stock/Spare Parts 6
40
�e
w
2020 (HHFR)/lmy CERAMIC TILE
09310
0
no case, allow less than 24 hours drying time
between applications of joint compound.
c. Apply not less than three separate coats of joint
compound over joints, fastener heads and metal
flanges. Joint compound treatment is not required
above suspended ceilings where partition/walls are
shown or specified to extend to structural deck of
ceiling above suspended ceiling, except as required
to obtain specified fire-ratings.
3 . 03 BLOCKING
A. Provide necessary horizontal blockings and/or hanger
strips. Material shall be securely installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations.
3 . 04 PATCHING
A. After trim has been applied and prior to decoration, correct
all surface damage and defects as required to leave work
smooth and without observable blemishes which will show
�. through the decoration. All damaged or defective work will
be removed and replaced with new work, at an additional cost
to the Owner.
3 . 05 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish caused by the work of this Section. Do
all cleaning required in a manner to avoid scratching,
staining or otherwise damaging any finish work.
WA END OF SECTION
4■
oft
40
2020(HHFR)/lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
7
2. Finish exposed drywall surfaces with joints, corners,
and exposed edges reinforced or trimmed as specified and
with all joints, fastener heads, trim accessory flanges,
and surface defects filled with joint compound in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for a
smooth, flush surface. Drywall finishing work will not
be considered acceptable if corners or edges do not form
true, level, or plumb lines, or if joints, fastener
heads, flanges of trim accessories or defects are
visible after application of field-applied decoration.
B. Joint and Corner Reinforcing:
1. Use joint tape to reinforce joints formed by tapered
edges or butt ends of drywall units and at interior
corners and angles. Set tape in joint compound then
apply skim coat over tape in one application. Where
open spaces of more than 1/16 in. width occur between
abutting drywall units, prefill joints with joint
compound and allow prefill to dry before application of
joint tape.
2 . Reinforce external corners of drywall work with
specified type of corner bead.
3 . Securely fasten metal corner beads as recommended by the
manufacturer. Do not use fasteners which cannot be
fully concealed by joint compound fill applied over
flanges.
4. Adhere paper flanged corner beads to wallboard with
joint compound.
5. Edge Trimming:
a. Provide specified type of metal casing bead trim.
Install in single unjointed lengths unless run
exceeds longest available stock length.
b. Coordinate installation of trim continuously with
drywall installation.
6. Application of Joint Compounds:
a. Use only compatible compounds from one
manufacturer. After mixing, do not use joint
w compounds if recommended pot-life time has expired.
b. Allow drying time between applications of joint
compound in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations for the relative humidity and
temperature levels at the time of application. In
2020(HHFR)/lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
atr 09250
6
00
aw
work under this section constitutes acceptance or
responsibility for correction of any defects in the finish
work due to faulty sub-surface conditions.
C. Preparation:
00 1. Care shall be exercised to avoid soiling or spattering
the work of other trades, using cover cloths or other
approved means of protection if necessary.
40
2. Wallboard shall be cut by scoring and breaking, or by
sawing, working from the face side. Openings cut in
00 wallboard to fit electrical outlets, plumbing, piping,
etc. shall fit snugly and shall be small enough to be
covered by plates and escutcheons. Both face and back
paper shall be cut for all cut-outs which are not made
ON by sawing. Scribe wallboards neatly where they meet
projecting surfaces.
me D. Single Layer Applications:
1. Partition/Walls: For heights of 8 ft. 2 in or less,
.m apply gypsum board vertically or horizontally at
Contractor's option. For heights greater than 8 ft. 2
in. or for areas less than 4 ft. wide, apply
vertically. Locate edge joints over supports, but
offset at least one stud on opposite faces of
partition/walls. Use maximum practical length boards
for horizontal applications and locate joints over
supports and stagger in alternate courses of board.
2. Metal Supports: Fasten gypsum wallboard with screws.
Comply with manufacturer's instructions for fastening,
but do not exceed 12 in. o.c. spacing.
3 . At partitions, provide continuous beads of sealant at
juncture of both faces of runners or plates with ceiling
construction, and wherever drywall abuts dissimilar
materials.
4. At openings and cutouts, fill open spaces between
drywall and fixtures, cabinets, ducts and other flush or
penetrating items, with continuous bead or sealant.
3.02 DRYWALL FINISHING
A. General:
1. Temperature and Humidity Conditions: Do not install
M„ joint treatment compounds unless installation areas
comply with the minimum temperature and ventilation
requirements recommended by the manufacturer and
conditions are acceptable to the Installer.
2020(HHFR)/lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
5
ON
c. Where drywalls abuts or intersects dissimilar
construction, provide square edge No. 200-B casing
bead (joint compound treatment required) . Where
drywall abuts plaster, tape and feather joint to
plaster.
d. Tie wire to be galvanized annealed wire, 16 gauge
minimum.
D. Joint Treatment Materials:
1. Joint Tapes: Perforated complying with ASTM C 474 .
2 . Joint Compound: Adhesive with or without fillers
complying with ASTM C 475. Provide pre-mixed ready for
application.
E. Sound Insulation: 3-1/2 in. thermofiber sound isolation
blankets by U.S. Gypsum or approved equal.
F. Thermal Insulation: Shall be provided under SECTION 06100
- ROUGH CARPENTRY and shall be 3-5/8 in. fiber glass batts,
full width of stud space. Batts to have flanged paper vapor
barrier.
G. Vapor Barrier: Shall be provided behind wallboard at
+! exterior walls under Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM BOARD
A. General:
1. Standards: Comply with the requirements of ANSI
A.97. 1 "Standard Specifications for the Application and
Finishing of Wallboard" unless otherwise specified or
recommended by the manufacturer. The term
"manufacturer" defines the gypsum wallboard manufacturer
unless otherwise noted.
2. Provide drywall of the thickness shown, or if not shown,
provide not less than the minimum thickness recommended
by the manufacturer for the applications shown.
3. Provide additional framing and blocking as required to
** support gypsum board at openings and cutouts, and to
support built-in anchorage and attachment devices for
other work.
B. Condition of Surfaces: Examine all surfaces and supports
to which gypsum panels are to be applied. Remedy all
defects prior to installation of drywall. Commencement of
40
2020(HHFR)/lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
4
by one of the following: U.S. Gypsum, Dale Industries,
Inc. , or National Rolling Mills/Bundy Corp.
2 . 02 GYPSUM DRYWALL MATERIALS
A. Manufacturer: For all gypsum work through the project,
provide drywall materials, including wallboard, accessories,
fasteners, and finishing materials produced by one
manufacturer. Manufacturer to be U.S. Gypsum, National
Gypsum, Celotex, or approved equal.
B. Gypsum Wallboard:
1. E osed Drywall ywall Surfaces: Provide gypsum wallboard
complying with ASTM C 36 with paper-face suitable to
receive decorated finish and with long edges tapered to
receive manufacturer's standard joint treatment, unless
otherwise shown. To be Type III, Grade R, Class 1.
a. Moisture Resistant Application: Where Gypsum
wallboard is used in toilet walls, basement areas,
and in addition where shown on the drawings, provide
moisture resistant gypsum backing board with core
'"� and paper facings treated to resist moisture to
comply with ASTM C 630.
C. Drywall Accessories:
1. Fasteners: Provide the kind specified and of the type
and size recommended by the drywall manufacturer for the
application shown.
a. Drywall screws to be Bugle head type S, with
rust-resistant finish.
2 . Perimeter Caulking Material: At tops of all drywall
+!t partitions, both sides, provide non-drying, non-
shrinking, non-migrating sealant recommended by the
drywall manufacturer.
3. Metal Trim Accessories: Provide trim accessories of
the sizes required for the drywall applications as shown
and specified, fabricated from galvanized steel, and of
the following types:
a. At external corners, provide corner bead with
• smooth, rigid metal nose bonded to paper tape
flanges.
b. For protection of exposed wallboard edges around
openings, provide No. 200-A metal casing bead trim
(joint compound treatment required) .
2020(HHFR)/lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
�w 09250
3
1. Fasteners.
2. Metal studs.
3 . Moldings and trim.
1. 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this section will be
determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
B. Tests: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance
with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications: Products shall be first quality as
manufactured by United States Gypsum, National Gypsum Co. ,
Milcor: Dale Industries, Chicago Metallic Corp. , or approved
equal.
�Ir
1. 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of
the latest revision of the standard specifications of the
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) . Fire
rated assemblies shall conform to Underwriters Laboratories'
published standards.
1. 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: All manufactured materials shall be delivered
to the site in their original, unopened containers bearing
the name of the manufacturer and brand.
B. Storage: Store all materials in an enclosed shelter
providing protection from damage and exposure to the
elements. Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be
removed from the site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 LIGHT-GAUGE STEEL FRAMING MATERIALS
A. Rigid Furring Channels: Screw-type furring channels
complying with ASTM C 645, fabricated from 18 gauge steel
with manufacturer's standard zinc protective coating. To be
2 in. , 1-1/2 in. , and 7/8 in. screwable type.
' B. Manufacturer: Provide light-gauge steel framing materials
produced by the same manufacturer furnishing gypsum drywall
materials, or furnish light-gauge framing materials produced
2020 (HHFR)/lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
2
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM DRYWALL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including
but not limited to the following:
1. All finish drywall walls, ceiling, ceiling drops,
partitions and all work reasonably incidental to a
complete installation.
2 . All light-gauge metal framing and accessories.
3. Insulation within drywall assemblies for acoustical
treatment are provided under this Section.
4. Insulation around penetrations of sound-rated partitions.
B. Related Work:
1. Demolition will be provided under SECTION 02050 -
'"'"
DEMOLITION.
2 . Thermal insulation of drywall systems will be provided
under SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY.
3. Lath and plaster repair will be provided under SECTION
09200 - LATHING AND PLASTERING.
4. Painting of drywall will be provided under SECTION 09900
- PAINTING.
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal provisions
and procedures. Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be
obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site.
B. Samples: Submit samples of the following materials to the
Architect-Engineer for approval:
2020 (HHFR)/lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
1
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM DRYWALL
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Description of Work 1
1.03 Submittals 1
1.04 Quality Assurance 2
1.05 Reference Standards 2
1. 06 Product Handling 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .01 Light-Gauge Steel Framing Materials 2
2 . 02 Gypsum Drywall Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Installation of Gypsum Board 4
3 . 02 Drywall Finishing 5
3 . 03 Blocking 7
3 . 04 Patching 7
3 .05 Cleaning 7
+ire
2020 (HHFR)/lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
0
straight or in fair curves without sags or buckles. Secure
rib lath to all supports with 18 gauge tie wire. Between
supports, wire-tie sheets together at intervals not
exceeding 9 in.
F. Plaster Applications:
1. General: Unless otherwise indicated on drawings or
otherwise specified, plastering shall be two-coat work.
Finish coats shall have a reasonably uniform thickness
of approximately 1/8 in. and the minimum thickness at
any point shall be 1/16 in. The thickness of the
plaster, from the face of the plaster base to the
finished plaster surface, shall be not less than the
total thickness called for.
2. Protect contiguous work from rusting or soiling as a
result of plastering operations. Make provisions to
minimize spattering of plaster on other work.
3 . Gypsum Plaster:
a. Brown coat shall be applied, brought out to grounds,
and straightened to a true surface with rod and
darby, and left rough, ready to receive the finish
coat.
b. Finish Coats: In the application of trowel or
spray finishes, the use of excessive water shall be
avoided.
3 . 04 SCAFFOLDS
A. This Contractor shall furnish and install his own scaffolds
or rigging, or arrange for the use of scaffolds furnished by
others.
3 . 05 PATCHING
A. Plaster containing cracks, blisters, pits, checks of
discoloration will not be acceptable; such plaster shall be
removed and replaced with plaster conforming to this
specification and approved by the Architect-Engineer.
Patching of defective work will be permitted only when
approved by the Architect-Engineer, and such patching shall
match existing work in texture and color.
3 . 06 CLEANING
A. This Contractor shall sweep clean all contiguous areas
(walls and floors) , and leave areas broom clean, and shall
remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section.
air END OF SECTION
2020 (HHFR)/lmy LATHING AND PLASTERING
09200
6
on
40
3 . 02 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Plaster applications shall be restricted to temperatures of
not less than the following: Temperature of building shall
be maintained in uniform range above 55 degrees F. for an
adequate period prior to application of plaster, while
plastering is being done and until plaster is dry.
B. Ventilation shall be provided to properly dry conventional
plaster during and subsequent to its application. This
shall be accomplished by keeping windows open sufficiently
to provide air circulation. For veneer plaster, a minimum
ventilation level shall be maintained until the plaster has
set and dried.
3 . 03 INSTALLATION
A. Metal lath shall be applied in such a manner as to form true
surfaces straight or in fair curves without sags or buckles,
and with the long dimension of the lath at right angles to
the direction of the supports. Metal lath shall be applied
to walls and partitions with the lower sheet lapping over
the upper sheet. Metal lath shall be secured to supports at
intervals not exceeding 9 in. between supports. Metal lath
shall be installed over vertical supports 16 in. on centers.
B. Corner beads shall be provided on external plaster corners
where indicated on the drawings. Corner beads shall be in
single lengths where the length of the corner or jamb does
not exceed standard stock length. The beads shall be neatly
mitered or coped at corners and shall be securely fastened
with tie wire, galvanized staples, or offset-head or
hood-head lath nails, spaced not more than 8 in. on centers
and staggered in the two wings.
C. Corner Lath: Where plaster finish is required, corner
lath shall be installed.
D. Strip lath not less than 3 in. wide shall be installed over
joints between dissimilar base materials where the surfaces
to be plastered lie in the same plane and where base
materials cannot be effectively bonded or tied together.
40 E. Direct Plaster Base Attachment: Apply lath with long
dimension across supports and with end joints staggered in
adjacent rows. Lap ends at least 1 in. and sides of diamond
so mesh lath at least 1/2 in. Lap sides of rib lath by
nesting outside ribs. At all interior angles, form metal
lath into corners and carry out onto abutting surfaces.
Secure metal lath to other supports with 18 gauge tie wire
at intervals not exceeding 6 in. Securely tie end laps
between supports with 18 gauge tie wire. Metal lath shall
be applied in such a manner as to form true surfaces,
2020 (HHFR)/lmy LATHING AND PLASTERING
09200
5
go
B. Proportioning of Plaster:
1. Gypsum Plaster (Two-Coat Work) :
a. Scratch coat on lath, by weight, using sand
aggregate: One part gypsum neat plaster and 2-1/2
parts sand.
b. Smooth white finish coat, by volume: One part lime
putty and 1/3 part calcined gypsum.
2. Mix plaster with water only in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions, as approved.
3. Lime putty shall be made from hydrated lime, except that
quicklime may be used when adequate time and facilities
aw are available for aging. Suitable precautions shall be
taken to protect the putty from exposure to the sun and
prevent excessive evaporation when stored. Lime putty
prepared from quicklime shall be allowed to cool
completely before use. Lime putty shall be prepared as
follows:
a. Hydrated lime shall be machine-mixed with water to
form a putty and shall be allowed to stand for at
least 15 minutes before using.
b. Quicklime (Pulverized) shall be slaked in suitably
large batches, and with enough water to form a thick
cream. During cool or cold weather, precautions
shall be taken to maintain the heat and prevent
premature cooling during the process of hydration.
The slaked quicklime shall be passed through a No.
10 sieve and stored for at least 72 hours before
using. When the use of lump quicklime, slaked on
the job, in lieu of pulverized quicklime, is
wry specifically approved for plastering, the cooling
and aging period shall be not less than 14 days.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Installer must examine surfaces which are to receive
plaster, grounds, and other accessories which act as grounds
or screeds. Notify the Contractor, in writing, of
conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion
of the work. Do not proceed with the plaster work until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
acceptable to the Installer.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy LATHING AND PLASTERING
09200
4
H. Quicklime (Pulverized) shall conform to ASTM C-5.
Pulverized quicklime shall pass 20 sieve, at least 90
percent pass 50 sieve. Use one brand throughout work.
After slaking to putty, pulverized quicklime shall have
plasticity figure of at least 200 when tested as per ASTM
C-110; at end of 72 hours total free (unhydrated) calcium
oxide (CAO) magnesium oxide (MGO) in hydrated produce shall
not exceed 8 percent by weight calculated on basis of lime
solids in the putty.
I. Sand shall conform to ASTM C 35.
J. Water shall be clean and free from oil, acids and other
substances.
K. Corner Beads and Base Screeds:
1. Corner beads shall be expansion or perforated corner
beads not lighter than 26 gauge galvanized metal, shall
be formed with a bead not exceeding 3/16 in. and shall
have flanges at least 2-1/2 in. wide.
2 . Base screeds shall in general be metal of approved type
and are not required over glazed time base.
L. Accessories:
1. Corner lath shall be strips of galvanized or painted
expanded metal, 6 in. wide, bent to form two 3 in.
00 wings, and weighing not less than 2.5 lbs. per square
yard.
2. Strip lath shall be painted expanded metal not less than
WA 3 in. wide and weighing at least 2.5 lbs. per square
yard.
,o M. Metal furring channels shall be galvanized 7/8 in. deep by
U.S. Gypsum or approved equal.
40 2 . 02 MIXES
A. Mixing of Plaster: Except where hand mixing and small
batches is approved by the Architect-Engineer, mechanical
""' mixers of an approved type shall be used for the mixing of
plaster. Frozen, caked, or lumped materials shall not be
used. Mechanical mixers, mixing boxes and tools shall be
.» cleaned after mixing each batch and kept free of plaster
from previous mixes. Plaster shall be thoroughly mixed with
the proper amount of water until uniform in color and
consistency. Retempering will not be permitted, and all
plaster which has begun to stiffen shall be discarded. Mix
plaster with water only in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions as approved.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy LATHING AND PLASTERING
09200
3
No
OR
1. 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of
' " the latest revision of the standard specifications of the
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) . Fire
rated assemblies shall comply with Underwriters Laboratory
go (UL) standards for applicable assemblies.
1. 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
No A. Delivery: All manufacturer's material shall be delivered
in the original unopened packages, containers, and bundles
40 bearing the name of the manufacturer and the brand.
B. Storage: Plaster and lime shall be stored off the ground
under watertight covers, and away from sweating walls and
other damp surfaces until ready for use. Damaged or
deteriorated materials shall be removed from premises.
w PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Wireable channels shall be hot-rolled or cold-rolled steel
with coat of rust-inhibiting paint or galvanized.
B. Hangers, Nails, and other Fastenincts:
1. Tie wire shall be annealed, galvanized wire. Use
18-gauge tie wire, securing metal lath to supports for
facing. Use 16 gauge for attaching furring channels to
runner channels in ceiling construction. Use 8 gauge
hanger wire to support main carrying channels.
2 . Wire clips for attachment of furring channels to
sub-structure shall be formed hairpin clips or 8 gauge
galvanized soft steel wire.
C. Metal Lath:
1. For ceilings and for plastered walls, shall be 3 .4 lbs.
per square yard flat rib lath or 3/8 in. rib lath as
required for spans longer than 16 in.
D. Metal edging bead to be No. 66 short flange type of No. 66
expansion type as manufactured by U.S. Gypsum, Milcor, or
approved equal.
E. Gypsum plaster shall conform to ASTM C 28.
F. Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C 206.
G. Lightweight plaster shall NOT be used.
2020(HHFR)/lmy LATHING AND PLASTERING
09200
2
ON
SECTION 09200
LATHING AND PLASTERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
+�r► necessary to complete the work of this Section, including
but not limited to the following:
1. Repair of existing metal lath and plastered ceilings and
furred-out plastered wall surfaces where existing
plaster finish areas are being altered, and are to
remain exposed to view and miscellaneous other areas
no requiring plastering and channel furring-out or
suspension.
s► 2 . 3/4 in. metal channels for ceiling suspension systems,
furring for wall conditions for support of metal lath
and plaster.
40
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal provisions
04 and procedures. Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be
obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site.
00 B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specification,
recommendations, and standard details for plaster work,
including accessories, finishing, and other components of
the work.
C. Test Reports: Submit certified test laboratory reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this section will be
determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
B. Oualification: Plastering materials shall be the products
of National Gypsum, U.S. Gypsum, Inryco-Milcor, Keene,
Bostitch, or approved equal.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy LATHING AND PLASTERING
09200
1
ars
SECTION 09200
LATHING AND PLASTERING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Description of Work 1
1. 03 Submittals 1
1.04 Quality Assurance 1
1.05 Reference Standards 2
1.06 Product Handling 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .01 Materials 2
2 . 02 Mixes 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection 4
3 . 02 Environmental Conditions 5
3 . 03 Installation 5
3 . 04 Scaffolds 6
3 . 05 Patching 6
3 . 06 Cleaning 6
4w
2020 (HHFR)/lmy LATHING AND PLASTERING
09200
0
B. Kickplates shall be 8 in. high by 2 in. less the width of
all single doors and 1 in. less than each leaf of pairs of
doors.
2 . 07 DOOR STOPS
A. Door Stops shall be cast brass or bronze not cast aluminum,
with the proper fastening as manufactured by Ives, Builders
Brass, or Baldwin.
a�w
B. Wherever a door strikes a wall or any other part of the
building, furnish a wall-type door stop, Ives 402, 403,
402-1/2, or 403-1/2 series.
2 . 08 MUTES, INTERIOR DOORS ONLY
A. Furnish three mutes DM3s for all single doors and two mutes
for all pairs of doors in pressed steel frames, except at
exterior doors where no mutes are required.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 KEYING
A. No locks shall be ordered until after a meeting with the
Owner, Architect-Engineer, Hardware Supplier and a keying
schedule has been submitted to the Architect-Engineer and
Owner for approval. Masterkey no. to be attained from the
Owner.
B. This hardware supplier shall tag all keys.
3 . 02 WEATHERSTRIPPING
A. At all exterior doors, furnish and install new head, jamb,
and sill-weatherstripping.
3 . 03 SPECIAL NOTES
A. At the time of Substantial Completion and before occupancy
takes place, locksets shall be inspected and adjusted and a
written report shall be submitted to the Architect-Engineer.
3 . 04 HARDWARE SET NUMBERS AND SCHEDULE
A. A 5/8 in. latch throw will be required on 2-hour walls
division walls as indicated by B, and as otherwise required
or not required by the current U.L. Building Materials List.
+. B. Labels are required where specifically indicated on plans,
door schedule or hardware set by the appropriate suffix
above.
END OF SECTION
2020(HHFR)/lmy HARDWARE
08700
5
go
40
B. Backset•
1. All locks for interior doors shall have 2-3/4 in.
backset.
" 2. Exterior door shall have standard backset as recommended
by Dexter Manufacturing.
C. Lock Trim: This specification is based on Dexter, Dover
Style 34 to match existing.
2 . 04 BUTT HINGES
A. Butt hinges shall be as manufactured by Stanley, Hager, or
Soss of the type and size as specified and as recommended by
the manufacturer for the type, size, and frequency of the
door shown.
1. Furnish two hinges per interior doors and three hinges
per exterior door. Butts to be full mortise except as
otherwise required to meet particular situations and of
weights motivated.
2. Butts for exterior doors shall be furnished with
non-removable stainless steel pins and heavy weight of
size required.
3 . Butts for interior doors shall be regular weight,
Stanley F179, US26D.
2 . 05 THRESHOLDS AND SADDLES
A. Thresholds shall be Federal type 833A of aluminum and where
used in conjunction with exit devices, must be furnished by
the exit device manufacturer to ensure proper latching.
B. All thresholds and saddles shall be of sufficient length to
cover the entire jamb opening plus "Trim-Face" dimension and
shall be furnished with tampin type anchors. Wood
screw-type anchors will not be accepted and only steel shims
shall be used.
C. Saddles shall be federal type of aluminum no higher than 1/2
in.
2 . 06 KICKPLATES
A. Kickplates and mop plates shall be 18 gage, bright brass and
furnished with brass or brass plated self-tapping screws.
2020(HHFR)/lmy HARDWARE
08700
4
ON
40
1. 05 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Packing and Marking: Package each item of hardware and
each lockset separately in individual containers complete
with necessary screws, keys, instructions, and installation
templates for spotting mortising tools, mark each container
with item number corresponding to number on the Contractor's
hardware schedule. Each key shall be identified as later
described in this specification.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MANUFACTURER'S REFERENCE NUMBERS
A. Where items of hardware herein are specified by reference
numbers of manufacturers, they are taken from catalogs of
Stanley Works and Dexter, a Division of Kysor Industrial
Corporation, lockets and latchsets to match existing
hardware, finish, appearance, operation and function,
go subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer, except
for locksets.
04 2 . 02 FINISHES AND WEIGHTS
A. Locks and Door Stops: US26D.
As B. Exterior Butts: Satin stainless steel (US32D) extra heavy
weight, NRP. F179.
Ow C. Interior Butts: F179 US26D.
D. 5 ft. by-passing sliding doors, tracks V2870, and floor
guides V2860.
E. Bypass unsliding door hangers.
!! F. Mortised flush pulls 2689 at sliding doors.
G. Kick Plates: 18 gauge.
2 . 03 LOCKSETS/LATCHSET
A. Locks shall be heavy-duty mortised locks, federal
40 specifications FF-H-106, Type 86 and ANSI A-156.2.
1. Dexter 7176 with 1 in. deadbolt at exterior doors.
+@s
2. Dexter SO3401 passage (bedroom/closets) .
ON 3 . Dexter SO3411 privacy (bathroom) .
4"
2020 (HHFR)/lmy HARDWARE
08700
3
40
2 . Hardware sets not shown on the drawings for new doors
and storage closets shall be provided with hardware sets
as indicated for other similar doors.
3. Hardware sets listed in the specifications but not shown
on drawings shall be disregarded, unless applicable
•• under 2 . above; See detailed drawings.
4. No additional compensation will be allowed for minor
variations required by job conditions that result in
changes between materials specified herein and that
material subsequently purchased or required to suit a
need or as required under 2. and 3 . above.
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal provisions
and procedures. Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be
obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site.
4k
B. Hardware Schedule:
1. Submit five copies of the hardware schedule to the
Architect-Engineer for approval.
2 . Hardware schedules shall list each individual door or
pairs of doors in the manner recommended by the American
Society for Architectural Hardware Consultants and shall
include the hardware set symbol and frame number. Only
doors of identical size and material shall be grouped
under a single heading and total quantities list.
C. Samples: Submit one sample of each item of hardware to
the Architect-Engineer for approval, if so instructed.
Sample items will be retained by the Architect-Engineer
until hardware has been applied and then turned over to the
Contractor for installation.
1. 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will be
determined in accordance with the provisions of the
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
B. Tests: The Contractor agrees to accept as finalthe
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance
with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
Aw
2020(HHFR)/lmy HARDWARE
08700
2
40
■
no
■w
Al
r
oft
Wo
00
dw
am
SECTION 08700
HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including
but not limited to the following:
,,,, 1. The furnishing of all labor, materials, services, and
equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to
the complete furnishing of all hardware specified
herein.
2. Coordinate the divisions for supervisory requirements of
templates and installation. Final adjustment and
servicing of all units of hardware shall be required
before final acceptance and payment.
B. Related Work:
1. SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY.
a. Installation of wood doors and all finish hardware.
b. Installation of thresholds.
2. SECTION 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES.
a. Metal frames and doors.
3. SECTION 09900 - PAINTING.
a. Painting of doors and frames.
C. Description of Systems:
1. The hardware sets shown in this specification are
furnished for information and as a guide only. The
complete quantity requirements for each and every
opening shall be the responsibility of the Hardware
Contractor.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy HARDWARE
08700
1
�w
SECTION 08700
HARDWARE
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Description of Work 1
1. 03 Submittals 2
1. 04 Quality Assurance 3
1. 05 Product Handling 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Manufacturer's Reference Numbers 3
2. 02 Finishes and Weights 3
�. 2 . 03 Locksets/Latchset 3
2 . 04 Butt Hinges 4
2 . 05 Thresholds and Saddles 4
2 . 06 Kickplates 4
2 . 07 Door Stops 5
2 . 08 Mutes, Interior Doors Only 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .01 Keying 5
3 . 02 Weatherstripping 5
3 . 03 Special Notes 5
3 . 04 Hardware Set Numbers and Schedule 5
40
An
2020 (HHFR)/lmy HARDWARE
08700
0
4 . Stiles shall be 1-3/8 in. minimum hardwood matching face
veneers. Top and bottom rails to be minimum 2-1/2 in.
hardwood.
5. Lock blocks shall be 3-13/16 in. by 36 in. on both sides.
*■ 6. Adhesives type I or II, as per Commercial Standard
CS-35, shall be used to laminate the crossbands and face
veneers in the door by the hot plate process.
2 . 02 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate all wood doors in strict accordance with the
referenced standards specified herein.
B. Openings: Furnish openings in doors as required for glass
as scheduled and specified. Make openings 1/8 in. larger
than net size shown. Openings shall be trimmed with wood
moldings on both sides. Openings for glass, furnish
moldings installed and fixed for one side, removable for the
other side. Furnish metal vision frames for all labeled
doors. Furnish openings for louvers as indicated on the
drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Openings shall be properly formed and frames properly
installed. Check to see that openings are level, plumb,
square, and the correct dimensions.
3 .02 PREPARATION
40
A. Doors shall be conditioned to the average prevailing local
humidity before hanging.
3 . 03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
.s A. Wood Doors: Fit and hang doors to the following
tolerances:
1. 1/16 in. at head and jambs.
2. 3/16 in. at thresholds.
3. Allow for finished floor material for openings without
thresholds.
END OF SECTION
2020(HHFR)/lmy WOOD DOORS
..� 08200
4
�w
1. 07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. All work in this Section shall be guaranteed for the life of
original installation after the date of Substantial
Completion against defects in materials and workmanship,
including the following:
1. Delamination in any degree.
2 . Warp or twist of 1/4 in. or more.
3. Telegraphing of any part of core unit through face to
cause surface variation of 1/100 inch or more in any 3
in. span.
4. Any defect which may, in any way, impair or affect
�. performance of door in purpose for which it is
intended. Replacement under this guarantee shall
include hanging, installation of hardware, and finishing.
a.s B. Upon delivery of the doors of this Section to the job site,
and as a condition of their acceptance, deliver to the
Architect-Engineer two copies of an agreement written on the
door manufacturer's standard form, signed by the door
manufacturer and the Contractor. Any provision for
refunding the price received by the door manufacturer for
any defective door shall not apply.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: Contingent upon meeting specified
requirements. All wood doors, unless otherwise indicated
herein or specifically approved by the Architect-Engineer in
writing, shall be products of the following manufacturers:
Weyerhaeuser, Eggers Hardwood Products Corp. , or Algoma
Hardwoods, Inc.
B. Wood Doors: Doors shall be prefinished, flush veneer,
five ply, solid core, with lifetime guarantee and of size,
design and thickness indicated on the drawings.
1. Face veneers shall be rotary sliced, natural finish,
premium grade, properly dried select white birch, with
vertical grain at right angles to grain of crossbands.
2. Crossbands shall be thoroughly dried hardwood, 1/16 in.
minimum thickness, extending full width of door.
3. Core shall be type 1, 30-32 lb. per cubic foot density,
Class 1 particleboard as per Commercial Standard CS-236.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy WOOD DOORS
08200
3
A"
oft
D. Product Data: Submit the following:
`0 1. Complete specifications of door construction and
manufacturer's literature for each type of door proposed
for use on this project.
2. The manufacturer's specifications.
1. 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will be
determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
B. Tests: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
+ results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance
with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications: All wood doors shall bear the NWMA seal
of approval.
1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Doors shall conform to either AWI Quality Standards, NWMA
Industry Standard IS-1-78 or Commercial Standard CS 171-58
Premium Grade and to the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) . Type I glue for interior doors, and
additional minimum requirements as specified hereinafter for
specific door types.
1. 06 DELIVERY. STORAGE, AND HANDLING
ate.
A. Use all means necessary to protect door materials from
damage prior to, during, and after installation and to
protect the installed work and materials of other trades.
All damages shall be repaired or replaced at no cost to the
Owner.
B. Manufacturer shall individually package doors in protective
packaging which will completely protect doors during
shipping and handling. Store doors flat in a dry area. Do
not remove doors from packaging until all painting and
interior finish work have been completed in areas to receive
doors. All doors should be stored and hung in buildings
that maintain a humidity range of between 30 and 60
percent. Do not store or install any wood doors until
plaster work is dry.
2020(HHFR)/lmy WOOD DOORS
08200
2
0
SECTION 08200
WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
®" 1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
aw necessary to complete the work of this Section, including
but not limited to the following:
1. Furnishing and fitting wood doors.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections:
1. SECTION 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES.
a. Furnishing of metal-clad, foam-core doors.
Installation of same: SECTION 06200 - FINISH
CARPENTRY.
2 . SECTION 08700 - HARDWARE.
a. Furnishing of hardware.
3 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING.
a. Finishing of wood and metal-clad doors.
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal provisions
and procedures. Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be
obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings and schedules showing
a� amount, size, thickness, cutouts, louvers, etc. of all wood
doors.
C. Samples: Submit sample of veneer.
2020(HHFR)/lmy WOOD DOORS
08200
1
Alk
40
SECTION 08200
'R WOOD DOORS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 General Provisions 1
1.02 Description of Work 1
1.03 Submittals 1
1.04 Quality Assurance 2
1.05 Reference Standards 2
1.06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1.07 Guarantee/Warranty 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .01 Materials 3
2 .02 Fabrication 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .01 Inspection 4
3 .02 Preparation 4
3 .03 Installation/Application/Erection 4
e
Aw
00
2020 (HHFR)/lmy WOOD DOORS
08200
ate„ 0
Am
to
3 . 04 RUBBISH REMOVAL
AN A. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work
of this section.
END OF SECTION
No
m.
r
4W
2020 (HHFR)/vjc METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
10
B. Prior to installation all frames must be checked and
corrected for size, swing, squareness, alignment, twist and
�. plumbness. Permissible installation tolerances shall not
exceed the following:
1. Squareness +/- 1/1611 : Measured on a line, 90 degrees
from one jamb, at the upper
corner of the frame at the other
jamb.
2 . Alignment +/- 1/1611 : Measured on jambs on a
horizontal line parallel to the
plane of the wall.
3 . Twist +/- 1/1611 : Measured at face corners of
jambs on parallel lines
+•� perpendicular to the plane of
the wall.
4. Plumbness +/- 1/1611 : Measured on the jamb at
the floor.
3 . 02 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. General: Set frames accurately, plumb, true, and in exact
position designated. Brace them until plaster is complete
and dry. Set anchors with nails, dowels or expansion bolts
let through angles for fastening in position. Inspect
frames periodically as they are being built-in; maintain in
�. proper position. All connecting and reinforcing members
shall be provided for proper anchorage and support of all
work.
B. Metal Closures: Furnish and install miscellaneous metal
closures and stiffeners as required in all areas where
specifically called for or as detailed, and also at joints
where interior partitions meet exterior walls and windows.
3 . 03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjusting: Check and readjust operating finish hardware
items in hollow metal work just prior to final inspection.
Leave work in complete and proper operating condition.
Remove and replace defective work, including doors or frames
which are warped, bowed or otherwise unacceptable.
,w B. Patching: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any
rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up
compatible air-drying primer.
2020 (HHFR)/vjc METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
9
8. Clearances:
a. Edge clearances shall be provided as follows:
Between doors and frames, at
head and jambs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/8 in.
At door sills: Where no
threshold is used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/8 in. maximum
Where threshold is used. . . . . . . . . 1/8 in. maximum
G. Sills: Sills shall be fully adjustable aluminum exterior,
interior threshold and nosing.
H. Weatherstripping:
1. Weatherstripping shall be vinyl bulb type compression
seal at head and jambs, in single plane, continuous
through corners.
2 . Bottom seal shall be molded neoprene profiled to provide
overlapping condition at jambs and a tight seal against
threshold.
2 . 04 FINISH
A. After fabrication, all tool marks and surface imperfections
shall be dressed, filled and sanded as required to make all
faces and vertical edges smooth, level and free of all
irregularities.
B. Clean all metal thoroughly. Remove rust and scale by
sandblast or other approved method. Wash with benzine until
oil, grease, sand, dirt, and other foreign substances are
removed.
C. Give exposed and unexposed surfaces rust-inhibiting priming
coat.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Examine the substrate and conditions under which hollow
metal work is to be installed and notify the Contractor in
writing of any conditions detrimental to the proper and
timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a
manner acceptable to the Installer.
2020(HHFR)/vjc METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
8
bonding of core and door skins before being painted with
rust inhibitive primer.
5. Hardware: Butts shall be 1-1/2 pair equal to FBB-179
4-1/2 in. by 4-1/2 in. US3 x NRP as manufactured by
Stanley or approved equal. All other hardware by others.
6. Hardware Reinforcements:
w a. Doors shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and
tapped at the factory for fully templated hardware
only, in accordance with the approved hardware
schedule and templates provided by the Hardware
"' Supplier. Where surface mounted hardware is to be
applied, doors shall have reinforcing plates only;
all drilling and tapping shall be done by others.
Make mortise with metal neatly cut, rolled into core
so that no exposed edges show on finished work.
b. Minimum gauge for hardware reinforcing plates shall
be as follows:
Hinge reinforcements - 7 gauge.
Reinforcements for lock face, flush bolts,
concealed holders, concealed or surface-mounted
closures - 12 gauge.
Reinforcements for all other surface-mounted
hardware - 16 gauge.
7. Glass Mouldings and Stops:
a. Where specified or scheduled, doors shall be
provided with hollow metal mouldings to secure
glazing by others in accordance with glass opening
sizes shown on approved shop drawings.
b. Fixed mouldings shall be securely and continuously
40 welded to the door on the security side. All such
welds shall be ground, filled and dressed smooth to
make them invisible and provide a smooth flush
surface.
on
c. Loose stops shall be not less than 20 gauge steel or
stainless, with butt or mitered corner joints,
secured to the framed opening by cadmium,
zinc-coated, or stainless steel countersunk screws.
Snap-on attachments will not be permitted.
2020(HHFR)/vjc METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
7
internal defects and conforming to ASTM A 366 and ASTM A
568.
3 . Gauges herein referred to in connection with steel
sheets are United States standard.
do B. Gauges: Insulated Metal Entry Door:
1. Flush, seamless face sheets - 16 gauge galvanized.
40
2 . Full height reinforcing channel at hinged edge - 18
gauge.
40" C. Insulation: Insulating properties shall have a value of
not less than 3 . 0 DISI as established by the Insulated Steel
Door Systems Institute.
on
D. Paint shall be Rust-Oleum's "quick-drying red primer", Pratt
and Lambert's "oxide red lead primer", Baer Brothers "red
chromite" , "zinc chromate" by Pittsburgh or Dupont, or
approved equal.
E. Measurements:
1. The Contractor shall verify all measurements at the
building. The Contractor shall be responsible for field
dimensions, fittings, and the proper attachment of all
work under this section to other work directly connected
with it.
2. Attention is directed to SECTION 08700 - HARDWARE of
these specifications for "cutout" and "backset"
requirements which also must be coordinated with door
" manufacturer. Provide doors complete with all required
cutouts.
F. Insulated Metal Doors:
1. Metal entry doors shall be as manufactured by
PERMA-DOOR, or approved equal.
2. Minimum door thickness shall be 1-3/4 in. All doors are
to be embossed, as called for.
3. All doors shall be rigid, and neat in appearance, free
from warpage or buckle. Corner bends shall be true and
straight and of minimum radius for the gauge of metal
used.
4. Door faces shall be separated around their entire
perimeter by a thermal break. Faces of 24-gauge
galvanized steel shall be prepared to insure maximum
2020(HHFR)/vjc METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
6
floor levels. Form combination bucks and frames, unless
otherwise indicated, from single sheet of metal. At
corners, miter jambs and weld solidly. All frames shall
be double rabbetted, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Glazing Moldings: Unless otherwise indicated, secure
glass in interior masonry partitions in place with
glazing molding on room side. Assemble moldings as per
frames, with welded corners. Fasten with countersunk
oval-had machine screws about 16 in. apart. Reduce
spacing if required to hold member in close contact with
adjoining work.
3 . Reinforcement: Provide lateral stiffness in openings
over 42 in. wide of either borrowed lights or doors or
combination of both where structural steel is not
provided in heads, with channels, in frame heads. Form
of 12 gauge steel or stainless steel, spot weld at
frequent intervals. Where structural steel is provided
in heads of frames under another section, furnish
blocking or other supports for hollow metal work; anchor
to adjacent masonry; install under this section.
Reinforcement for door butts to be 8 in. longer than
butt; for other to be in 4 in. longer than butt.
Protect back of hardware cutouts and tapped
reinforcement with metal plaster guards; weld to frame
back. Mortise hinge, lock, latch, bolt and other
hardware locations to receive hardware as per templates
furnished by the Hardware Supplier. Make mortises with
metal neatly cut, rolled into core so that no exposed
edges show on finished work.
4. Wall Anchors:
a. At Wood Stud Partitions: Wood stud anchor welded
to back of frames. Strap to wood studs. Provide at
least four anchors for each jamb for all frames.
2 . 03 METAL-CLAD INSULATED METAL DOORS
w
A. General:
oft 1. All metal exterior doors, unless otherwise indicated
herein or specifically approved by the
Architect-Engineer in writing, shall be products of the
following manufacturers: Steelcraft, or equal.
00
2. Steel for insulated metal entry doors shall be best
quality open-hearth sheet steel, furniture stock, full
," pickled, full cold-rolled, double annealed, patent
leveled, free from scale, pitting, rust, surface and
40
2020 (HHFR)/vjc METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
5
Am
D. Gauges: Combination bucks and frames for interior steel
windows:
1. Combination bucks and frames. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 gauge
2. Adjustable anchors, slides for anchors. . . . . . . 14 gauge
3. Glazing moldings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 gauge
4. Channel spreaders and stiffeners. . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 gauge
5. Angle floor knees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 gauge
E. Gauges: Metal closures:
1. Stiffeners and knees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 gauge
2. Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 gauge
F. Paint shall be Rust-Oleum's "quick-drying red primer" , Pratt
and Lambert's "oxide red lead primer" , Baer Brothers "red
chromite", "zinc chromite" by Pittsburgh or DuPont, or
approved equal.
2 . 02 HOLLOW METAL FABRICATION
*+ A. Measurements:
1. The Contractor shall determine all necessary
measurements from the Contract Drawings and verify all
measurements at the building. He shall be responsible
for field dimensions, fittings, and the proper
attachment of all work under this section to other work
directly connected with it.
2. Attention is directed to SECTION 08700 - HARDWARE, of
these specifications for "backset" requirements. See
hardware schedule for various types of butts and other
accessories.
B. Combination Bucks and Frames:
1. General: All combination bucks and frames, where
indicated or referred to, shall be combination steel
frames, bucks, jamb and trim. Fabricate frames for
doors, transoms, partitions, sash and other items as per
details of various types required. Vary forming from
the indicated where special conditions necessitate
changes from these details. Make profiles true to
�.. design. Frames for wall openings that do not extend to
floor level shall entirely surround openings. Unless
otherwise indicated, extend other frames below finished
2020(HHFR)/vjc METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
4
do
qW
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
w 2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. General:
1. Steel for hollow metal work shall be best quality
open-hearth sheet steel, furniture stock, full pickled,
full cold-rolled, double annealed, patent leveled, free
from scale, pitting, rust, surface and internal defects
and conforming to ASTM A 366, ASTM A568, ASTM A569 and
ASTM A525.
' 2. Gauges herein referred to in connection with steel and
stainless steel sheets are United States standard.
3. All exterior doors and frames shall be galvanized.
4 . Insulation for exterior insulated door and frame shall
be the full thickness of the door and frame.
B. Gauges: Hollow metal door:
1. Exterior and interior door face sheets. . . . . . 16 gauge
(zinc coating of 0.10 ounces per square
foot)
C. Gauges: Combination bucks and frames:
1. Interior combination bucks, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 gauge
2 . Exterior combination bucks, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 gauge
(hot dipped galvanized steel)
3 . Interior and exterior angle floor knees . . . . 14 gauge
4. Interior and exterior adjustable anchors . . . 14 gauge
5. Interior and exterior slides for adjustable
anchors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 gauge
6. Interior and exterior channel spreaders. . . . . 16 gauge
7. Fillers: As required.
8. Reinforcements for hardware butts, strikes, overhead
door checks, holders and brackets. . . . . . . . . . . 3/16
thick.
2020(HHFR)/vjc METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
3
40
40
C. Samples: One cutway sample each of an insulated metal
entry door and an unlabeled hollow metal door showing edge,
top, and bottom construction, insulation, hinge
reinforcement and face stiffening shall be submitted to the
Architect-Engineer for prior approval.
*� D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data for each type
door showing compliance with specifications.
1. 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this section will be
determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
B. Tests: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests shall be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications: Doors, frames, trim, and other hollow
metal items shall be the products of a recognized
manufacturer with a history of successful production of
similar items and acceptable to the Architect-Engineer.
1. 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of
the latest revision of the standard specifications of the
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and
Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) . Fire rated assemblies
shall comply with NFPA Standard No. 80, and as specified
herein.
1. 06 DELIVERY. STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. It shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor to
see that any scratches or disfigurement caused by shipping
or handling are properly cleaned and touched-up with a
rust-inhibitive primer, and that materials are properly
stored on planks or dunnage, out of water, and covered to
protect them from damage due to any cause. Doors shall have
their wrappings or coverings removed upon arrival at the
building site and shall be stored in a vertical position,
spaced by blocking to permit air circulation between them.
Protective lamination on stainless steel doors shall be
•► removed only after installation.
2020 (HHFR)/vjc METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
2
SECTION 08100
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including
but not limited to the following:
1. All interior metal frames.
2 . All exterior metal doors and frames.
3 . Furnish exterior insulated metal doors and frames for
installation under SECTION 08200 - WOOD DOORS.
4. Miscellaneous metal closures, stiffeners, and knees.
5. General - See door schedule on drawings for locations,
types, and sizes of all metal doors. NOTE: All
hollow metal frames are numbered to identify openings
and locations of hardware.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections:
1. SECTION 08200 - WOOD DOORS.
a. Installation of metal-clad, foam-core doors.
2. SECTION 08700 - HARDWARE.
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal provisions
w and procedures. Approval by the Architect- Engineer must be
obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing details of
each frame, elevations of each door design type, details of
all openings, construction and installation.
2020 (HHFR)/vjc METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
1
w
an
SECTION 08100
44
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
40 1. 01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Description of Work 1
1. 03 Submittals 1
1. 04 Quality Assurance 2
' " 1. 05 Reference Standards 2
1. 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
2 . 02 Hollow Metal Fabrication 4
2 . 03 Metal-Clad Insulated Metal Doors 5
2 . 04 Finish 8
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection 8
3 . 02 Installation/Application/Erection 9
3 . 03 Adjusting and Cleaning 9
3 . 04 Rubbish Removal 10
2020 (HHFR)/lmy METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
0
in
B. Substrate shall be protected against moisture protection at
all times during the installation of the vinyl siding.
Vinyl siding shall not be applied over a substrate with
moisture content exceeding 19 percent.
3 . 02 INSTALLATION
A. Installation of vinyl siding and accessories shall be in
accordance with the best practice, with all members true and
plumb, all cuts clean and square, and all lap joints tight.
Make all cuts to avoid damage to exposed surfaces. All
siding with blemishes or manufacturing defects shall be
removed from the job site.
B. Installation methods and procedures shall conform to
manufacturer's latest edition of installation details and
ON instructions.
1. Elevations having a south or west exposure shall be
46 installed with a maximum 8 ft. 0 in. length.
2. Elevations having other than a south or west exposure
may be installed with up to a 12 ft. 0 in. length.
3 .03 CLEANING
A. Removal of Rubbish: This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by the work of this section and legally
dispose of the same.
END OF SECTION
air►
Am
2020(HHFR)/lmy VINYL SIDING
07460
4
46
2. Thickness: . 040 in. plus or minus . 005.
3 . Exposure: Match existing.
4 . Surface: Match existing.
5. Siding Lengths: Maximum length to accommodate unit
width.
6. Vertical Accessory Lengths: Maximum length.
7. Horizontal Accessory Lengths: 12 ft. 6 in.
NO 8. Co-efficient of Linear Expansion: 1. 5 by 10 minus 5 per
in. per degree F. as per ASTM D 696.
ON 9. Weatherability: Free of defects, peeling, chipping,
flaking, or pitting as per ASTM D 1435-69.
10. Heat Shrinkage: 3 percent as per ASTM D 1042-51.
11. Chalking Control: Not to exceed ASTM D 659-74 No. 8
rating caused by manufacturing defect.
12. Surface Distortion: Siding shall be free of bulging,
waves, or ripples when panel is heated at a rate of 3
► degrees to 4 degrees F. per minute to a temperature of
105 degrees F.
13. Bow: Panels shall not exceed . 125 in. bow per full
length of panel.
B. Vinyl accessories shall consist of outside and inside corner
posts, J-mold, and all other shapes required for a finished
installation. All exposed accessories shall match color and
surface finish of siding.
C. Starter strip shall be extruded aluminum or heavy-duty vinyl.
D. Nails shall be annular ring shank, aluminum, stainless
steel, or hot-dipped galvanized.
E. Imitation wood grain texture shall not be used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .01 PREPARATION
A. Do not proceed with installation of the work of this Section
�. until defects in substrate or adjoining work have been
corrected. Starting of the work of this Section shall mean
the acceptance of the substrate as satisfactory by the
Siding Subcontractor.
2020(HHFR)/lmy VINYL SIDING
me 07460
3
1. 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this section will be
determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
B. Tests: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance
with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: The design,
construction, and installation of all work shall meet or
exceed the current minimum requirements of the Massachusetts
Department of Public Safety and OSHA.
1. 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, all materials and operations
shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the
standard specifications of the American Society for Testing
and Materials (ASTM) .
1. 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. All manufacturer's materials shall be delivered in the
original packages, containers, and bundles bearing the name
of the manufacturer and the brand. Siding shall be stored
off the ground under watertight covers and away from damp
surfaces until ready for use. Damaged or deteriorated
materials shall be removed from the premises.
1. 07 GUARANTEE
A. The manufacturer shall provide its standard written material
and labor lifetime guarantee covering the vinyl horizontal
lap siding against manufacturing defects.
B. The Contractor shall provide a written guarantee covering
installation defects which become apparent within two years
of the date of acceptance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 GENERAL
+ A. Vinyl siding shall match existing siding.
2 . 02 MATERIAL
A.
Vinyl siding shall have the following physical properties:
1. Material: Polyvinyl chloride.
40
2020 (HHFR)/lmy VINYL SIDING
07460
2
+M
SECTION 07460
VINYL SIDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
aw 1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which hereby made a part of this Section of
the Specifications.
1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent: The work required under this Section, without
4ft limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of
all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary for
an reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all
prefinished siding as indicated on the drawings and as
specified herein.
B. Work Included: Work includes, but is not limited to
1. Furnish and install:
40 a. Vinyl horizontal lap siding.
b. Vinyl accessories and trim.
c. Aluminum under-soffit transition strip.
d. Aluminum window frame break-metal.
C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
ads 1. SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY.
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal provisions
and procedures. Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be
obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for each fabricated
item showing components, arrangements, dimensions,
4W orientation in the building, section, dimensioned
elevations, grounds, reinforcements, accessories, etc.
no C. Samples: Submit two samples each of panels and all
accessories and trim. Provide sample of each of
manufacturers' standard colors.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy VINYL SIDING
07460
1
SECTION 07460
VINYL SIDING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Description of Work 1
1. 03 Submittals 1
1. 04 Quality Assurance 2
1.05 Reference Standards 2
1. 06 Product Handling 2
1.07 Guarantee 2
4.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
e� 2 . 01 General 2
2 . 02 Material 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
�r
3 . 01 Preparation 3
3 . 02 Installation 3
± . 3 . 03 Cleaning 4
�s
2020 (HHFR)/lmy VINYL SIDING
07460
0
(4) All edges of door frames shall also be caulked
wherever exposed inside and outside the
building.
(5) Plaster Ceiling and Soffits: Caulk all joints
formed between drywall casing channels and
plaster surfaces.
(6) Metal Door Saddles: Spread caulking bed over
the entire seat of saddles or sills at least
3/4 in. thick. Set saddles or sill on same.
Remove excess materials and neatly point
joints. Caulk under drip edges of metal sills
as detailed.
3 . 04 CLEANING
A. Surfaces of all materials adjoining dampproofed areas and
caulked joints shall be cleaned of any smears of compound or
other soiling due to the dampproofing and caulking
operations.
B. Removal of Rubbish: This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by the work of this section.
w� END OF SECTION
w
2020(HHFR)/lmy WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING & CAULKING
07100
5
a�
3 . 03 INSTALLATION
A. Application:
1. Caulkincf:
a. All surfaces of joints shall be sealed before
application of caulking materials.
40 b. Caulking shall be installed in joints around vinyl,
wood, or metal frames of all types built into
masonry or concrete exterior walls, in joints of
wall surfaces of masonry, and in any other joints so
on indicated on drawings and as specified under other
sections of these specifications. Caulking compound
shall be applied by gun method using nozzles of
w proper sizes to fit the several widths of joints.
The type of gun shall be subject to the approval of
the Architect-Engineer.
w
C. Caulk joints a minimum of 3/4 in. in depth and 1/4
in. in width, unless otherwise indicated on the
drawings. Where adequate grooves for caulking have
not been provided, grooves shall be prepared by
cutting and cleaning out mortar to the minimum
depth. All particles of mortar, dust, and other
foreign matter shall be brushed out and, just prior
to caulking, the joint grooves shall be coated with
an application of sealer. Where a suitable mortar
backstop has not been provided, pack tightly with
rope yarn or polyethylene rope.
d. The compound shall be driven into the joint grooves
with sufficient pressure to force out all air and
solidly fill the joint grooves. Caulking, where
exposed, shall be free of wrinkles and shall be
uniformly smooth. Joints in sills and other wash
surfaces shall be filled slightly convex to obtain a
flush joint when dry. Caulking around all openings
in masonry shall include the entire perimeter of
each opening.
e. Location: Caulk all joints as follows and also as
indicated on the drawings.
(1) All expansion and control joints.
(2) Perimeter of all openings in exterior walls and
interior walls where indicated on the drawings.
(3) All open joints in masonry.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING & CAULKING
07100
4
40
Pecora. Compounds shall remain permanently plastic and
shall not stain masonry or corrode metal.
3. Sealer for masonry joint walls shall be quick-dry liquid
as recommended by the manufacturer.
AM 4. Interior caulking shall be acrylic-latex type sealant.
Caulking at joints between aluminum and adjacent
materials such as concrete, concrete block, wood, or
MM manufactured stone sills shall be silicone rubber.
5. Closed cell polyethylene rope shall be used for back up
do where required and of size required to force-fill the
joints.
6. Primer for sealants shall be as recommended by the
an sealant manufacturer. Primer shall have been tested for
durability with the sealant to be used and on samples of
the surfaces to be sealed.
an
7. Acoustical sealant shall be synthetic rubber-based
material conforming to ASTM D 217 with consistency of
40
290 to 310.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
+0 3 . 01 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Caulking shall be installed only when the ambient
temperature is 40 degrees F. or above.
B. All exterior work shall be discontinued during rain.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Caulking: The joint design, shape, and spacing shall be
►. as indicated. The surfaces of joints to be sealed shall be
dry. Oil, grease, dirt, chalk, particles of mortar,
laitance, efflorescence dust, loose rust, loose mill scale,
protective coatings, and other foreign substances shall be
removed from all joint surfaces to be sealed. Oil or grease
shall be removed with solvent and surfaces shall be wiped
with clean cloths.
�e
2020(HHFR)/lmy WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING & CAULKING
w 07100
3
AN
1. 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this section will be
determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
B. Tests: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance
with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications: All materials, unless otherwise indicated
on the drawings or specified herein or specifically approved
by the Architect-Engineer in writing, shall be products of
the following manufacturer: Tremco, Pecora, A.C. Horn,
Sonneborn, DAP, DOW, General Electric, or Celotex.
1. 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, all materials and operations
shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the
standard specifications of the American Society for Testing
and Materials (ASTM) .
1. 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Materials shall be delivered on the job in the
manufacturer's original unopened containers. The containers
shall include the following information on the label:
4" supplier, name of material, formula or specification number,
lot number, color, date of manufacture, mixing instruction,
shelf life, and curing time when applicable at the standard
conditions for laboratory tests.
B. Storage: All materials shall be carefully handled and
stored to prevent inclusion of foreign materials, or
exposure to temperatures exceeding 90 degrees F. Caulking
compound or components outdated as indicated by shelf life
shall not be used. (Sealant tape shall be handled and
stored in a manner that will not deform the tape as received
from the manufacturer) .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
w A. Caulking:
1. Exterior caulking shall be one part acrylic, "Unicrylic"
40 by Pecora or "Mono" by Tremco.
2. Exterior expansion joint caulking shall be two-part
Polysulfide, Lasto-Meric by Tremco or Synthacalk by
2020(HHFR)/lmy WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING & CAULKING
wo 07100
2
00
SECTION 07100
ta WATERPROOFING. DAMPPROOFING & CAULKING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which hereby made a part of this Section of
the Specifications.
1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including
but not limited to the following:
1. Caulk:
a. Around perimeter of all new windows and all new door
wM
frames, both sides, interior and exterior.
b. Between masonry and vinyl siding construction.
c. Around perimeter of vinyl siding and all other
openings in the exterior walls.
d. Under all exterior thresholds and sills.
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal provisions
and procedures. Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be
obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site.
B. Samples: Submit samples of the following materials to the
Architect-Engineer for approval:
1. Caulking colors.
C. Manufacturer's Data: Submit documentation (brochure)
showing the physical properties, manufacturer's
recommendations for application, required environmental
conditions, etc.
D. Test Reports: Submit certified test laboratory reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements.
2020(HHFR)/lmy WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING & CAULKING
07100
1
40
Ab
SECTION 07100
WATERPROOFING. DAMPPROOFING. AND CAULKING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
Am
PART 1 - GENERAL
40 1. 01 General Provisions 1
1.02 Description of Work 1
1.03 Submittals 1
1.04 Quality Assurance 2
40 1. 05 Reference Standards 2
1.06 Product Handling 2
me PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials 2
+m
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Environmental Conditions 3
40 3 . 02 Preparation 3
3 . 03 Installation 4
3 . 04 Cleaning 5
Aw
go
2020 (HHFR)/lmy WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, & CAULKING
07100
0
3 . 02 CLEANING
A. Removal of Rubbish: This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by the work of this section.
END OF SECTION
2020 (HHFR)/lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
8
E. Cabinets:
�r 1. All cabinetwork is required to be furnished and
installed under the scope of work of this Section.
2 . Cabinet Doors: Cabinet doors for miscellaneous
cabinet, cupboard, and counters shall be as follows:
a. Unless otherwise specifically noted, doors under 48
AN in. high shall be 3/4 in. , butt-banded with 3/4 in.
lumber on each of the four edge strips. Lumber
shall be same species and shall match the face
veneer. Doors over 48 in. high shall be 1-1/8 in.
thick with 1-1/8 in. lumber edges.
b. Outside exposed face veneer shall be selected plain
++ sliced birch with a No. 2 sound birch back.
C. Cores shall be 45 lbs. density particleboard with
screw holding power 300 faces and 250 on edges.
3 . Cabinet Hardware: Furnish and install for
miscellaneous cabinet, cupboard and counter doors and
drawer hardware as follows:
a. For all cabinet doors as detailed on drawings:
(1) Single doors under 36 in. high, each door to
have:
1 magnetic catch, Stanley SP41 US28
1 pull, Stanley No. 4484 US28
1 pr. hinges, No. 1584-1-1/2, CMD Stanley
b. Narrow Drawers (24 in. wide and under) : Each to
have one pull, Stanley No. 4484 US28 and two Grant
• No. 300 roller drawer slides.
c. Adjustable shelving supports to be standard
perforated metal with cantilever brackets, as
manufactured by Knape & Vogt, or approved equal. To
be numbered K-V 255 and K-V 256 respectively.
d. Furnish and install metal drawer tracks for all
drawers in cabinet work included in this section.
AM e. This hardware is included and is to be furnished and
installed as specified herein. It is not included
in any other section.
2020(HHFR)/lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
7
set straight, plumb, level, and square in perfect
alignment, and closely fitted. Trim shall be in long
Aw lengths.
2. All millwork shall be accurately milled to detail, clean
cut moldings, profiles, and lines; scrape and sand
smooth; mortise; tenon, spline shrinkage and insure that
the work remains in place without warping splitting, or
opening of joints.
3. Interior finish shall be fabricated and installed in a
manner equal to first-class "cabinet work" .
" 4. As far as possible, conceal fastenings. Where not
possible, locate them in inconspicuous places. Where
nailing is permitted through woodwork face, conceal nail
heads. Do not nail adjacent woodwork to paneling.
5. Miter external corners of flat and molded horizontal
40 members, cope internal corners. Glue the mitered
corners and secure with corrugated metal fasteners.
6. All exposed finish plywood to have grain run vertically.
D. Application of Finish Hardware:
1. Receive, store and be responsible for builders
hardware. Properly tag, index, and deliver all keys to
the Owner at completion of the work.
2 . Fit accurately, apply securely, and adjust carefully all
builders hardware (See SECTION 08700 - HARDWARE) .
Exercise care not to mar or injure work when applying
hardware.
3 . All hardware shall be left clean, in perfect condition,
and in perfect working order at completion of the
building when all keys shall be delivered, properly
labeled, where directed by the Architect-Engineer.
4. After installation, protect all exposed hardware such as
knobs and escutcheons, with fabric or suitable heavy
material so that finish will not be injured by plaster,
" paint, etc. Remove protective material only upon
direction by the Architect-Engineer.
• 5. Special Note: Carpenter shall not install any
hardware on doors, except for butts, until after first
field coat of paint or sealer is applied.
6. Install all weatherstripping of all types as specified
and where indicated on the drawings.
2020(HHFR)/lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
6
40
4 . Furnish and install all miscellaneous built-in counters,
cabinet work, storage cases, closets, including
shelving, throughout. Except as otherwise specified,
all members to be properly seasoned. Shelves shall be
3/4 in. with hardwood edgings where exposed. Build
drawers in cabinets where called for. Drawer sides
shall be dovetailed to fronts. Exposed finish plywood
shall have grain run vertically.
5. Furnish and install shelving in all areas where called
for. Unless otherwise specifically noted, shelves 12
in. deep and under shall be 3/4 in. fir plywood with 3/4
in. by 1/2 in. edgings glued on. Unless otherwise
specifically noted, shelves 12 in. deep and over and all
adjustable shelves shall be 3/4 in. fir plywood with all
exposed edges and all four adjustable shelf edges to
have 3/4 in. by 1/2 in. birch edgings glued on.
B. Exterior Finish:
1. Exterior finish shall be the materials specified and
shall be erected in strict conformity with details shown
on drawings. Joints of assembled members shall be set
in white lead paste. Exposed surfaces of the finished
woodwork shall be smooth machine-sanded, ready to
receive paint or other finish. Nailing shall be blind
where possible, and where face nailing is used, the face
nail shall be set for putty stopping. Exterior trim
shall be in long lengths with joints staggered and
concealed or in objectionable locations. Intersections
of flat work shall be shouldered.
2. All exposed exterior fastening to be aluminum or
stainless steel.
3 . All finish interior and exterior wood surfaces shall be
■m sandpapered and smoothed perfectly and cleaned, all
ready for painter's finish.
00 4. Prime exterior finish before installation and replace
all wood which is warped or cracked.
C. Interior Finish:
w
1. Interior finish shall be manufactured of the wood
specified. Wood to be stained or finished natural shall
ON be uniform in color. Interior finish shall be milled,
fabricated, and erected as shown on the drawings.
Machine sand at the mill and sandpaper smooth at the
building when necessary. All interior trim shall be
standard stock moldings and members conforming to design
and type approved by the Architect-Engineer. Nails
shall be set for putty stopping. Wood finish shall be
2020(HHFR)/lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
5
4"
4"
d. Concealed High 45 lb. density
shelving Density particle board
A. (cabinets edged with pine
and cupboards) as follows: 4
sides at
adjustable
40 shelves, 1 side
at fixed
shelves.
e. Interior - "A" Yellow Pine.
Matching trim finish
and moldings
B. Materials Other Than Lumber:
1. Bolts and nuts shall conform to requirements of Federal
Specifications FF-B-571A.
A% 2. Clamps, expansion bolts, expansion screws, joist
hangers, toggle bolts, washers and anchors shall be of
steel and iron and of standard type and manufacture.
3 . La screws shall conform to the requirements quirements of Federal
Specification FF-B-561.
4. Nails shall conform to the requirements of Federal
Specifications FF-N-101, FF-B-561 or may be the
drive-screw or special type of standard manufacture.
5. Wood screws shall conform to the requirements of Federal
Specification FF-B-111.
6. Plastic laminate shall be Wilson Art, Micarta, Formica,
or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Carefully lay out, cut, fit, and erect all items of
finish carpentry. Cornice and other built-up sections
will have continuous wood members of the sizes shown.
2. Furnish and install all wood trim, base, frames, and
similar items as per details and as required for both
exterior and interior work.
3. Do such work as is necessary to cover and protect all
carpentry work, door frames, and all other materials
from damage of any character.
2020(HHFR)/lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
e 06200
4
AN
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Lumber and Millwork:
1. General:
a. Sizes and Patterns: Lumber shall be surfaced four
sides, and the dressed sizes of yard and structural
lumber shall conform to the requirements of the
Department of Commerce Simplified Practice
40 Recommendation R16-39. Lumber shall be worked to
such patterns as are indicated on the drawings or
specified herein. Worked materials, except as
otherwise indicated on the drawings, shall conform
to the standard patterns of the Department of
Commerce Simplified Practice Recommendation R16-39.
b. Moisture Content: Unless otherwise specified,
lumber shall be either air-dried or kiln-dried, and
the moisture content shall not exceed 19 percent.
Exterior and interior finishing lumber shall be
kiln-dried and at the time of delivery to the
building site, the moisture content shall not exceed
12 percent for material 1 in. or less 1 thickness
and shall not exceed 14 percent for materials over 1
in. in thickness. Millwork which is assembled or
built-up of more than one piece at the time, except
doors, shall not have a greater moisture content
than 12 percent.
c. Grade and Species: Lumber and plywood shall be
identified by the official grade-mark, except where
grade-mark will interfere with natural finish.
2. Wood Schedule: At the Contractor's option, lumber for
the various uses shall be one of the species listed
below for the purpose and of the grade indicated.
USE GRADE SPECIES
a. Interior trim Paint Eastern Pine
grade White-wood Fir.
b. Plywood N-A Int. Plain sliced
* cabinets APA birch. Shelves
and exposed to be birch
shelving edged.
units.
c. Cabinet stock "A" Birch.
and trim finish
2020(HHFR)/lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
► 06200
3
B. Shop Drawings:
.. 1. Submit shop drawings on any pre-engineered and/or
prefabricated elements proposed for use.
2 . Submit shop drawings on all millwork and cabinetry.
C. Samples: Submit samples of the following:
1. Wood moldings, stair railings.
2 . Finish wood samples (treads, shelving, etc. ) .
3 . Millwork hardware.
1. 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will be
determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
B. Qualifications: The materials or products specified
herein and indicated on the drawings by trade name,
manufacturer's name, or catalog number shall be provided as
specified. Except as otherwise approved by the
Architect-Engineer in writing, all materials shall be
products of the following manufacturers: U.S. Plywood,
Teco, Stanley Hardware.
1. 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of
the latest revision of the standard specifications of the
organizations cited in Section 2-01 A. "Materials" and
including the following: The Architectural Woodwork
Institute (AWI) , Douglas Fir Plywood Association (DFPA) ,
American Plywood Associates (APA) , National Forest Products
Association (NFPA) , American Wood Preserves Bureau (AWPB) ,
and Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association (HPMA) .
B. Grading of lumber of the various species shall conform to
the requirements of Federal Specifications MM-L763 and
MM-B-751-C.
1. 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
w A. Protect all millwork materials and prefinished items against
dampness during and after delivery. Store indoors and where
not exposed to extreme changes of temperature or humidity.
Do not store or install millwork or prefinished items in any
part of the building until plastering or gypsum work are
dry, except as approved by the Architect-Engineer.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
2
SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including
but not limited to the following:
04 1. All finish carpentry.
2 . Installation of hardware furnished under SECTION 08700 -
HARDWARE.
3 . Installation of metal-clad foam core doors furnished
under SECTION 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES.
4. All millwork and miscellaneous trim.
�w 5. Stair tread and riser construction inclusive of railing
and trim.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections:
air 1. SECTION 08200 - WOOD DOORS.
a. Wood doors.
2. SECTION 09900 - PAINTING.
r
a. Priming of exterior finish.
3 . SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING.
0 a. Toilet room accessories.
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal provisions
and procedures. Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be
obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site.
a►
2020 (HHFR)/lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
1
O
as
SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1. 01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Description of Work 1
1. 03 Submittals 1
1. 04 Quality Assurance 2
1. 05 Reference Standards 2
1. 06 Product Handling 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
±! 2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Installation 4
3 . 02 Cleaning 8
aR
2020 (HHFR)/lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
0
3 . 02 CLEANING
4W A. Removal of Rubbish: This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
40
END OF SECTION
40
GIs
4.
a
+w
�A►
2020 (HHFR)/vjc ROUGH CARPENTY
06100
7
11. Temporary batten doors, complete with hinges and
padlocks, shall be provided on exterior door openings.
12. Cut, patch, and frame all rough and finish lumber and
all blockings as required or directed for this work and
the work of other trades, for the completion of the work
of other trades, ready for installation of finish
surfaces.
13 . Protect all window and other openings throughout the
building as approved by the Architect-Engineer for
temporary bracing.
B. Anchors:
1. Anchors shall be installed where specified or shown on
the drawings to anchor carpentry to masonry or
concrete. Anchors shall extend not less than 8 in. into
brick and concrete. Anchors for plates shall be as
shown spaced approximately 4 ft. on centers, and
provided with washers.
2. Fasten wood grounds, furring and other engaging wood
work to concrete and masonry with approved metal types
of ties or inserts spaced to suit conditions.
3 . Nails spikes, screws, toggles, and similar items shall
be of approved materials, sizes, and types sufficient to
draw and rigidly secure members in place.
C. Rough Hardware: Provide and install all rough hardware
and other items as well as all metal fastening of any nature
for proper installation of carpentry and millwork.
D. Furring: Unless otherwise indicated, miscellaneous
furring shall be 16 in. on centers. Furring shall be
secured to masonry or concrete walls with approved cut
nails, toggles, nailing plugs, or clips set in the masonry
or concrete, or as otherwise detailed of sizes and opening
indicated. Furring strips shall be provided around all
openings, angles, corners, and for other similar locations.
Furring to be 1 x 3 minimum and larger where shown. Furring
strips shall be erected plumb and rigid using wood shims
wherever necessary. The face of furring strips shall form a
true and even plane for finish material. Wood furring for
offsets and breaks on walls shall be formed of 1 x 4 in.
wood strips spaced 16 in. on centers following contours..
Furring strips to support built-in items or as back-up shall
be provided.
2020 (HHFR)/vjc ROUGH CARPENTY
06100
6
40
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION
A. General:
4'" 1. Carefully lay out, cut, fit and erect all framing,
bridging, furring, strapping, blocking and all other
items of carpentry. Cornice and other built-up sections
will have continuous wood members of the sizes shown.
2 . Build in all plates, ledgers and other framing members,
properly nailed, anchored and braced.
3 . Brace, plumb, level, and square all members and secure
with sufficient nails, spikes, and bolts into concrete
blocks.
4 . Nailing: Unless otherwise specified, nailing shall be
done according to recommendation of NFPA and the State
Building code.
5. Joists:
a. Set with Crown edge up.
b. Toe nail joists to wood sills with lod nails on both
sides of joists.
6. Frame as required of installation and support of
plumbing, heating, ventilation, electrical, and other
items to be concealed, recessed, or partly recessed.
7. Miscellaneous 2 in. by 4 in. blocking and all other
blocking required for other materials are in this scope
of work.
8. Do such work as is necessary to cover and protect all
carpentry work, sash, door frames, and all other
materials from damage of any character. Provide and
maintain temporary wood hand rails around existing and
new openings through floors and at stairwells.
9. Furnish, set, and maintain runways or ladders as
required for general use of all workmen.
, ► 10. Provide and maintain all temporary bracing required for
window and door frames, etc. Provide and maintain all
shoring, bracing, etc. required and be fully responsible
„ for same, and all shoring shall be maintained until
permanent work is in place and is suitable to receive
the loads, and then removed.
2020(HHFR)/vjc ROUGH CARPENTY
+* 06100
5
e. Concealed Free of Yellow Pine, Fir
shelving at holes, Plywood, edged with
storage rooms. loose pine, glued and
or nailed.
unsound
knots,
wane,
decay and/or
splits. A-A
s INT. APA.
f. Sub-flooring C-D ext. Group 2
glue
g. Floor Particle- Group 2
Underlayment board
B. Materials Other Than Lumber:
40 1. Bolts and nuts shall conform to requirements of Federal
Specification FF-B 7571A.
2 . Clamps, expansion bolts, expansion screws, joist
hangers, toggle bolts, washers and anchors shall be of
steel and iron and of standard type and manufacture.
3 . Lag screws shall conform to the requirements of Federal
Specification FF-B-561.
*A 4. Nails shall conform to the requirement of Federal
Specifications FF-N-101, FF-B-561 or may be the
drive-screw or special type of standard manufacture.
AN 5. Wood screws shall conform to the requirements of Federal
Specification FF-B-111.
6. Insulation shall be blanket fiberglass with approved
type vapor barrier on one side, when used in the outside
envelope, with an R-value of R13 at all walls and R30
above second floor ceiling.
7. Framing anchors, joists hangers, rafter tie straps and
other framing fasteners shall be by Simpson, Teco, or
approved equal, and shall be galvanized.
2020 (HHFR)/vjc ROUGH CARPENTY
+ 06100
4
c. Grade and Species: Lumber and plywood shall be
identified by the official grade-mark.
Aw d. Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Lumber, plywood, and
millwork required to be fire retardant treated under
Local or State Building Codes shall bear the
identification of an accredited authoritative
testing or inspection agency showing the performance
rating thereof. Included is all applicable
blocking, furring, framing, and other non-trim wood
components, which shall be fire treated, with
Wolman, Dricon, FRT or approved equal, in accordance
with AWPA C-20 and C-27, interior, Type A.
e. Wood Treated Against Decay: All lumber used in
connection with roofing or in contact with concrete
+A• or masonry shall be pressure-treated against decay.
Pressure-treated wood shall contain .40 lbs per
cubic foot of preservative as per AWPA Standard C22
(Ground Contact) , treated with Osmose K-33 , Wolman
CCA, or approved equal.
2 . Wood Schedule: At the Contractor's option, lumber for
the various uses shall be one of the species listed
below for the purpose and of the grade indicated.
USE GRADE SPECIES
a. Plates, cants No. 2 Douglas Fir, West
nailers, dimension Coast Hemlock,
sleepers. structural Canadian Hemlock,
Pine, Hem-Fir.
b. Joists No. 2 Douglas Fir,
structural West Coast Hemlock,
Hem-Fir.
C. Bracing, No. 2 Douglas Fir-Coast,
furring. common Region, Hemlock-
Eastern and West
Coast, Spruce,
Eastern Pine.
d. Concealed High 45 lb. density
shelving Density particle board
(cabinets edged with birch
and cup- as follows: 4
boards) . sides at
adjustable shelves,
1 side at fixed
shelves.
2020 (HHFR)/vjc ROUGH CARPENTY
06100
3
4"
C. 4ualifications: The materials or products specified
herein and indicated on the drawings by trade name,
manufacturer's name, or catalog number shall be provided as
specified. Except as otherwise approved by the
Architect-Engineer in writing, all materials shall be
products of the following manufacturers: U.S. Plywood,
w Teco, Stanley Hardware.
1. 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of
the latest revision of the standard specifications of the
organizations cited in Section 2-01 A. "Materials" , and
including the following: The Architectural Woodwork
Institute (AWI) , Douglas Fir Plywood Association (DFPA) ,
American Plywood Associates (APA) , National Forest Products
Association (NFPA) , American Wood Preserves Bureau (AWPB) ,
and Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association (HPMA) .
B. Grading of lumber of the various species shall conform to
the requirements of Federal Specifications MM-L-763 and
MM-B-751-C.
1. 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Stack framing lumber to ensure proper ventilation and
�w drainage, protect lumber from the elements. Store under
cover and where not exposed to extreme changes of
temperature or humidity.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Lumber and Millwork:
1. General:
a. Sizes and Patterns: Lumber shall be surfaced four
sides, and the dressed sizes of yard and structural
lumber shall conform to the requirements of the
Department of Commerce Simplified Practice
Recommendation R16-39. Lumber shall be worked to
04 such patterns as are indicated on the drawings or
specified herein. Worked materials, except as
otherwise indicated on the drawings, shall conform
" to the standard patterns of the Department of
Commerce Simplified Practice Recommendation R16-39.
b. Moisture Content: Unless otherwise specified,
lumber shall be either air-dried or kiln-dried, and
the moisture content shall not exceed 19 percent.
2020 (HHFR)/vjc ROUGH CARPENTY
06100
2
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Description of Work:
1. All rough carpentry.
2 . All temporary enclosures, supports, opening protectives,
barricades, runways, ladders, etc.
3 . All wall thermal insulation.
4 . Vapor retarders at exterior walls, under floor, and
below flat roof.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections:
1. Casework, specified under SECTION 06200 - FINISH
CARPENTRY.
2 . Wood doors under SECTION 08200 - WOOD DOORS.
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal. Approval
by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery
of materials to the site.
1. 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will be
determined in accordance with CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
B. Tests: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance
with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
2020 (HHFR)/vjc ROUGH CARPENTY
„ 06100
1
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 General Provisions 1
1. 02 Description of Work 1
1. 03 Submittals 1
1. 04 Quality Assurance 1
1. 05 Reference Standards 2
1. 06 Product Handling 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Installation 5
3 . 02 Cleaning 7
2020 (HHFR)/lmy ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
0
4 . Salvageable items, when requested by the Owner, shall
be delivered to the Owner where directed on the site
or relocated as indicated on the drawings.
5. During demolition operations, the Contractor shall
provide temporary safety barricades and drop cloths
+! and enclosures to prevent dust, dirt, and debris from
contaminating adjacent occupied areas. All debris
shall be promptly placed in containers and removed
from the building.
E. Removal of Rubbish:
d% 1. This Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials,
and services necessary for and reasonably incidental
to the removal of the rubbish from the property. All
OR chutes, tracks, ramps, slides, lifts, pulley systems,
and loading devices, as necessary for the demolition
and removal of all rubbish and materials, are to be
,m built by this Contractor.
2 . Remove as it accumulates, all debris, except as
otherwise specified, resulting from the demolition
`" operations. Do not store or permit debris to
accumulate on site. If the Contractor fails to
remove the debris promptly, the Architect-Engineer
+ reserves the right to cause same to be removed at the
Contractor's expense.
3 . The burning of wood and other debris, resulting from
demolition operations, shall not be allowed on the
site, whether or not the Contractor obtains the
proper permits.
3 . 05 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of the work, remove all tools, materials,
plant, apparatus, temporary toilets, and rubbish and
debris from the site.
B. Leave premises clean, neat, and orderly.
END OF SECTION
2020 (HHFR)/lmy DEMOLITION
02050
5
40
3 . Have gas turned off at existing valves by and under
the supervision of the local utility company
providing service.
4 . Disconnect all electric, telephone, and all other
wires as per rules and regulations of authorities
having jurisdiction.
5. Notify the Architect-Engineer when sewers are plugged
so that the Architect-Engineer may record same.
C. Demolition:
1. Materials forming permanent part of the buildings
requiring demolition become the Contractor's
property, and he/she shall remove them. Where the
word "remove" occurs herein, it shall mean "removal
from site" .
2 . The Contractor shall remove all personal property,
equipment, machinery, and fixtures.
r� 3 . Proceed with demolition in a systematic manner, from
the top of the structure to the ground. Complete
demolition work above each floor before disturbing
any of the lower levels.
D. Partial Demolitions for Alterations:
1. The Contractor shall do all interior and exterior
demolitions as indicated on the plans and specified
herein and as required for completion of the work.
2. The General Contractor shall remove existing work
wherever necessary for installation of new work
and/or as indicated on the drawings. This includes,
but is not limited to the following:
a. Remove doors, windows, including frames,
4d castings, trim, sills, and stools as indicated.
b. Remove ceilings.
""' c. Remove wall plaster.
d. Remove flooring as indicated.
e. Remove kitchen cabinets.
3 . The individual trades of plumbing, heating and
ventilating, and electrical shall perform their own
removal and/or demolition as specified in their
respective sections.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy DEMOLITION
±ems 02050
4
3 . 03 PROTECTION
A. Execute all demolitions work to insure adjacent property
against damages which might occur from falling debris or
other cause; do not interfere with use of adjacent
buildings, and maintain free and safe passage to and from
same at all times.
B. Take precautions to guard against movement of adjacent
40 buildings, provide and place bracing necessary or proper
in connection therewith, be responsible for safety and
support of such building, and be liable for any such
movement, damage, or injury caused thereby or resulting
therefrom. If, at any time, safety of any adjacent
building appears to be endangered, cease operations and
notify the Architect-Engineer. Take precautions to
support such buildings and do not resume demolition
operations until permission has been granted. If the
Architect-Engineer considers additional bracing necessary
to safeguard and prevent such movement, install bracing
upon the order of the Architect-Engineer. If the
Contractor fails to comply with such an order, such
bracing may be placed by the Architect-Engineer at the
Contractor's expense.
C. Take precautions to guard against movement or collapse of
any adjoining property, be liable for any such movement
or collapse, and repair promptly such damage when so
ordered.
D. Repair damage done to Owner's property or the property of
any other person or persons on or off premises by reason
of required work.
3 . 04 PERFORMANCE
A. Salvageable Removal: Items of salvageable value to the
Contractor may be removed from the structure as the work
progresses. Salvaged items must be transported from the
site as they are removed. Storage or sale of removed
items on the site will not be permitted.
B. Utility Lines at Structures to be Removed:
1. Seal storm and sanitary sewers leading from buildings
to be demolished. Seal and cap connections to sewers
leading from buildings as per rules and regulations
of the authorities having jurisdiction over same.
2 . Remove live water taps actually servicing the
buildings requiring demolition as per rules and
regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy DEMOLITION
02050
3
ON
40
2 . The Contractor shall comply with all rules,
regulations, laws, and ordinances of the City of
so Northampton, of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,
and of all other authorities having jurisdiction.
All labor, materials, equipment, and services
necessary to make the work comply with such
an requirements shall be provided without additional
cost to the Owner.
40 3 . The Contractor shall procure and pay for all permits
and licenses required for the complete work specified
herein and shown on the drawings.
1. 04 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall assume all risks regarding damage or
±* loss, whether by reason of fire, theft, or other casualty
or happening to specified buildings from and after
contract signing, and no such damage or loss shall
relieve the Contractor from his/her contract obligation
to complete the entire demolition work.
B. Explosives: The use of explosives will not be
permitted.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
far
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. The Contractor shall accept the premises as found and
perform the work as specified. The Owner assumes no
responsibility for the condition of the building, nor the
conditions existing at the time of the signing of the
contract.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Maintaining Traffic:
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, sidewalks, alleys,
or passageways without permit. Do not place or store
material in streets, alleys, or passageways.
2 . Conduct operations with minimum interference with
roads, streets, driveways, alleys, sidewalks, and
facilities. Coordinate same with the
Architect-Engineer.
3 . Provide, erect, and maintain lights, barriers,
barricades, sidewalk sheds, and the like required by
traffic regulations or local laws.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy DEMOLITION
02050
2
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this
Section of the Specifications.
" 1. 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including
but not limited to the following:
1. The complete removal of all fire damaged material as
indicated on the demolition drawing and the removal
and disposal of all demolished materials.
a. Bracing and protection of wood frame structure
where necessary for the removal of all incidental
work.
2 . Protect at all times, existing abutting properties
and areas not to be disturbed. Confine areas of
operations to the minimum required for proper
execution of the work. Any area inadvertently
disturbed shall be immediately restored.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections:
1. The removal of plumbing fixtures is included under
SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING.
2. The removal of HVAC grilles is included under SECTION
15500 - HEATING AND VENTILATING.
3 . The removal of electrical wiring is included under
SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK.
w 1. 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
we 1. All work shall conform to the drawings and
specifications and shall comply with applicable codes
and regulations.
ON
2020 (HHFR)/lmy DEMOLITION
�w 02050
1
44
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 General Provisions 1
1.02 Description of Work 1
1. 03 Reference Standards 1
1.04 Project Conditions 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .01 Inspection 2
3 . 02 Preparation 2
3 .03 Protection 3
3 . 04 Performance 3
3 . 05 Cleaning 5
2020 (HHFR)/lmy DEMOLITION
02050
0
40
ww F. Use only those cleaning materials and methods that are
recommended by the manufacturer.
4b G. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final
cleaning operations.
H. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains,
fingerprints, labels, and other foreign materials from
sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces.
I. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to the specified
finish, to match adjacent surfaces.
J. Broom clean exposed concrete surfaces and paved surfaces.
Rake clean other surfaces of grounds.
END OF SECTION
WA
44
00
so
Mr
2020 (HHFR)/lmy CLEANING UP
01710
2
ww
SECTION 01710
CLEANING UP
1. 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. This section supplements Article 4. 17 of the General
Conditions.
B. Consult the individual sections of the specifications for
cleaning of Work installed under those sections.
1. 02 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local
ordinances and anti-pollution laws.
1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project
site.
2 . Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits,
oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains.
3 . Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways.
B. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials
and rubbish to be located with approval of Owner.
C. At the end of each day's work, remove waste materials and
rubbish from the site and legally dispose of them.
1. 03 FINAL CLEANING
A. Unless otherwise specified under the various sections of the
specifications, the Contractor shall perform final cleaning
operations as herein specified prior to final inspection.
B. Maintain the project site free from accumulations of waste,
debris, and rubbish. At the completion of the work, remove
waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery and
surplus materials, and clean all sight-exposed surfaces.
C. Cleaning shall include all surfaces, interior and exterior,
which the General Contractor has had access to, whether
existing or new.
D. Refer to sections of the specifications for cleaning of
specific products of work.
E. Use only those materials which will not create hazards to
health or property and which will not damage surfaces.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy CLEANING UP
�w 01710
1
so
SECTION 01710
CLEANING UP
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1. 01 Related Documents 1
1. 02 Cleaning During Construction 1
1. 03 Final Cleaning 1
�w
aw
2020 (HHFR)/lmy CLEANING UP
01710
0
'M 11"MOM mill I
+0
shall prepare PART 2 of the Certificate of Completion (Final) .
This certificate shall be processed in accordance with the
procedures described in the Construction Handbook.
6. The Contractor shall provide a new, notarized Contractor's
Certificate and Release and a final Application for Payment to
40 complement this closeout process.
END OF SECTION
4W
40
W
M
to
air
on
5/89 EOCD-MOD PROJECT CLOSEOUT
2020(HHFR)/lmy 01700
4
maw
4"
the Owner's personnel at the site, in the use and maintenance of
equipment installed under the Contract.
aN 2. Submission to the Architect of a certificate of compliance to
this requirement, signed by the Contractor and the Owner's
Representative, shall be a condition precedent to final payment.
1.06 FINAL COMPLETION
A. Related Requirements
The Contractor's attention is directed to Article 9.7 of the General
Conditions and the Construction Handbook.
B. Consolidated Final Completion
1. Upon completion of all of the items listed on the Architect' s
Punch List and, after the Contractor has provided all Record
Drawings, Operating Manuals, Warranties, Guarantees, and Spare
Parts as required by the Contract, the Architect shall prepare
the Consolidated Certificate of Completion. This certificate
shall be processed in accordance with the procedures described
in the Construction Handbook.
2. The Contractor shall provide the Architect with a notarized
■■ Contractor's Certificate and Release and a final Application for
Payment to complement the closeout process.
C. Two Part Final Completion
1. If within 65 days after Substantial Completion, any of the items
on the Architect's punch list are not complete or if the
Contractor has not provided the appropriate Record Drawings,
Operating Manuals, Warranties, Guarantees, Spare Parts, or
instructions to Owner's personnel, the Architect shall assign a
monetary value for each incomplete item as well as any other
40 items as provided by M.G.L. c.30 sec.39K.
2. The Architect shall also prepare a PART 1 of the Certificate of
Completion. This Certificate shall be processed in accordance
with the procedures described in the Construction Handbook.
3. The Contractor shall provide the Architect with a Notarized
it Contractor's Certificate and Release and an appropriate
Application for Payment. This Application shall be for an
amount equal to the remaining balance of the Contract less the
amount of the Architect's monetized punch list and any other
,f, items as provided under M.G.L. c.30 sec.39K.
4. The Contractor shall complete all remaining Work in accordance
with the provisions of Article 9.7 of the General Conditions.
40
5. Upon completion of all remaining items, and after receipt of all
appropriate Record Drawings, Operating Manuals, Warranties„
Guarantees, Spare Parts, and required instructions to Owner's
Personnel required by the Contract Documents, the Architect
5/89 EOCD-MOD PROJECT CLOSEOUT
me 2020(HHFR)/lmy 01700
3
G. The Architect shall prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion
in accordance with Article 9.6 of the General Conditions.
on 1.04 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Prior to final payment and completion, the Contractor shall provide
Record Drawings in accordance with Division 1, Section J.
1.05 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
A. Prior to final payment and completion the Contractor shall provide
all Operating Manuals and Maintenance Instructions as required by the
Contract Documents.
on B. Consult the individual sections of the specifications for the
specific requirements for those sections and for further details and
descriptions of the requirements.
4" C. General Requirements
1. Subcontractors, installers, and suppliers shall furnish to the
go Contractor two sets of operating and maintenance instructions of
all mechanical, electrical, and manually operated equipment
furnished and installed by them. Mechanical and electrical
Subcontractors shall furnish instructions as specified in their
MR respective sections.
2. The Contractor shall collect all of the above instructions and
deliver to the Owner via the Architect, two complete, indexed
so files containing approved operating and maintenance manuals,
shop drawings, and other data as follows:
40 a. Operating manuals and operating instructions for the various
systems.
b. Catalog data sheets for each item of mechanical or
electrical equipment actually installed including
performance curves, rating data, and parts lists.
C. Catalog sheets, maintenance manuals, and approved shop
on drawings of all mechanical or electrical equipment controls
and fixtures with all details clearly indicated, including
size of lamps.
OkA d. Names, addresses and telephone numbers of repair and service
companies for each of the major systems installed under this
contract.
3. Submission of operating and maintenance instructions shall be a
condition precedent to final payment.
'ft D. Instruction of Owner' s Personnel
1. Where specified in the individual sections of the
�w specifications, the Contractor and Subcontractor shall instruct
5/89 EOCD-MOD PROJECT CLOSEOUT
aw 2020(HHFR)/lmy 01700
2
SECTION 01700
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. This section supplements Article 9 of the General Conditions .
B. Consult the individual sections of the specifications for specific
items required under those sections.
1.02 OCCUPANCY PERMIT
A. The Contractor shall coordinate the efforts of all Subcontractors and
obtain the Occupancy Permit, if required for this project, from the
local Building Department. The Owner shall pay any Building
Department fee associated with the Occupancy Permit.
1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Prior to requesting Substantial Completion as provided in Article 9.6
of the General Conditions the Contractor shall make a thorough
inspection of the Work. During this inspection the Contractor shall
prepare a comprehensive list of all items remaining to be completed
or corrected. This list shall include all remaining Contractor and
Subcontractor items to be provided under the Contract Documents.
on B. Upon completion of the items noted on the Contractor's list the
Contractor shall notify the Architect that the Work is substantially
complete. The Architect shall then conduct a similar thorough
inspection. If the Architect agrees that the Work is substantially
in complete, the Architect will promptly make a thorough inspection and
prepare a punch list, setting forth in accurate detail any items on
the Contractor's list and any additional items that are not
acceptable or are incomplete. The Contractor shall coordinate all
Subcontractors to achieve prompt completion of the punch list.
C. The Contractor shall not be relieved of the responsibility to provide
an Contract items left off of the Architect's punch list.
D. If the Architect determines that the Work is not Substantially
Complete, the Architect shall inform the Contractor of those items
that must be completed before the Architect will prepare a punch
list. Upon completion of those items, the Contractor shall again
request the Architect to prepare a punch list.
E. When the punch list has been prepared, the Architect will arrange a
meeting with the Contractor and Subcontractors to identify and
explain all punch list items and answer questions on work which must
be done before final acceptance.
F. The Architect may revise the punch list, from time to time, to ensure
that all items of Work are properly completed.
an
5/89 EOCD-MOD PROJECT CLOSEOUT
2020(HHFR)/lmy 01700
1
SECTION 01700
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1. 01 Related Documents 1
1.02 Occupancy Permit 1
�. 1.03 Substantial Completion 1
1. 04 Record Drawings 2
1.05 Operating and Maintenance Instructions 2
1. 06 Final Completion 3
aAc
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700
0
1.05 FIRE PROTECTION
A_ The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to insure against
fire during construction. The Contractor shall be responsible to
insure that the area within contract limits is kept orderly and
clean and that combustible rubbish and construction debris is
promptly removed from the site.
B. Installation of equipment suitable for fire protection shall be done
as soon as possible after commencement of operations. The
on Contractor's attention is directed to the requirements of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Labor and Industries ,
454CMR.
e 1.06 MIND PROTECTION
A. Should high wind warnings be issued by the U.S. Weather Bureau, the
so Contractor shall take every precaution to minimize danger to
persons, to the Work, and to the adjacent property.
40 END OF SECTION
an
40
so
AN 5/89 EOCD-MOD PROTECTION
2020(HHFR)/lmy 01540
2
SECTION 01540
PROTECTION
1.01 PROTECTION OF PERSONS & PROPERTIES
A. The buildings and premises are now occupied. The work is to be done
with as little inconvenience as reasonably possible and without
danger to the people occupying the premises and the permanent
structures within the project area. Special care must be exercised
in the use of machinery so as not to constitute a source of danger
or nuisance.
B. Any damage to buildings, roads, public roads , bituminous concrete
areas, fences, lawn areas, trees, shrubbery, poles, underground
utilities, etc. shall be made good by and at the Contractor's own
expense, all to the satisfaction of the Authority.
C. The Contractor shall patch, repair and/or replace all adjacent
materials and surfaces damaged after the installation of new work at
no expense to the Owner. All repair and replacement work shall
match the existing in kind and appearance.
1.02 ACCESS
A. The Contractor shall, at all times, leave unobstructed way along
walks and roadways , and shall maintain barriers and lights for the
protection of all persons and property in all locations where
materials are stored or work is in progress.
1.03 SECURITY
w
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all security
precautions necessary to protect the Contractor's and Owner' s
interets.
we B. Where excavation is involved, the Contractor shall be responsible
for providing continuous watchmen service as necessary, to insure
adequate protection of the general public.
00
1.04 NOISE AND DUST CONTROL
w A. The Contractor shall take special measures to protect the tenants
from noise, dust, and other disturbances by:
1. Keeping common circulation areas clean and unobstructed;
2. Insulating work area from occupied portions as far as possible;
and,
3. Sealing dust and fumes from contaminating the adjacent occupied
spaces.
5/89 EOCD-MOD PROTECTION
2020(HHFR)/Imy 01540
1
SECTION 01540
PROTECTION
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1. 01 Protection of Persons & Properties 1
1. 02 Access 1
1. 03 Security 1
1. 04 Noise and Dust Control 1
1. 05 Fire Protection 2
+as
1. 06 Wind Protection 2
2020 (HHFR)/lmy PROTECTION
01540
0
uw
B. All temporary electrical work shall be provided in conformity
with the National Electrical Code, State Laws, and
requirements of the power company. Particular attention is
called to Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Labor
and Industries, 454CMR.
+ 1. 12 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATORS (Not Used)
1. 13 PROJECT SIGN (Not Required)
END OF SECTION
r
2020 (HHFR)/lmy TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510
4
now
f^
ON enclosures shall be provided with adequate means of
ventilation to prevent accumulation of moisture in the
,-r buildings.
3 . Protect sills, jambs, and heads of openings through which
materials are handled.
4. Protect decks and slabs to receive work by other trades
from any soiling which will prevent proper adhesion of
subsequent work. Decks and slabs shall be left clean and
free of blemishes at the time other trades begin the
application of their work.
5. Protect other areas, furniture, and private property of
the tenant and the Authority. The damages caused by the
Contractor shall be restored to the original condition or
+N compensated at the Contractor's expense.
B. After the installation of the Work by any Subcontractor is
oa completed, the Contractor shall be responsible for its
protection and for repairing, replacing, or cleaning any such
Work which has been damaged by other trades or by any other
cause, so that all Work is in perfect condition at the time of
Substantial Completion.
1. 09 WEATHER PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall provide a minimum temperature of 70
degrees F. to all occupied areas of the project if the work
requires a shutdown of the existing system.
B. "Weather Protection" shall mean the temporary protection of
that Work adversely affected by moisture, wind, and cold by
covering, enclosing, and/or heating.
1. 10 TEMPORARY WATER
A. The Contractor may make use of the available water supply at
the site for construction purposes provided the permission of
the Authority is obtained beforehand and only as long as the
water is not used wastefully.
B. The Contractor shall provide an adequate supply of cool
drinking water with individual drinking cups for personnel on
the job.
1. 11 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
A. The Contractor may make use of the electricity available at
the site and paid for by the Authority, provided that the
Contractor shall supply the proper adapters and extension
cords.
2020(HHFR)/lmy TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510
3
low
00
r
1. 04 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCE
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and
ON maintaining temporary fencing or barricades around the
construction as may be necessary to assure the safety of all
persons authorized or unauthorized. Such protective measures
44 shall be located and constructed as required by local, state,
and federal ordinances, laws, codes, or regulations.
40 1. 05 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND MATERIAL HANDLING
A. The Contractor shall provide such storage sheds, as required
for the performance of the Contract. The Subcontractors shall
so provide their own temporary storage sheds.
B. The Contractor must obtain the permission of the Authority for
•• the use of any storage facilities available on site, but the
Authority assumes no responsibility for articles stored.
C. All temporary structures shall be removed at Substantial
Completion.
D. Materials shall be handled, stored, and protected in
accordance with the best practice in the industry and, except
where otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, in
accordance with manufacturer's specifications and directions.
1. 06 TEMPORARY STAGING, STAIRS. CHUTES
A. Except as otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish,
install, maintain in safe condition, and remove all scaffolds,
staging, and planking over 8 ft. in height, as required for
the use of all trades for proper execution of the Work.
on
B. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove
all temporary ladders and similar items as required for the
w use of all trades for the proper execution of the Work.
1. 07 HOUSING FACILITIES (NOT REQUIRED)
1. 08 TEMPORARY PROTECTION
A. The Contractor Shall:
1. Protect buildings and materials at all times from rain
water, ground water, leakage of drains or other piping,
and from water damage of any origin, and provide all
coverings and other materials and equipment as required by
job conditions.
2 . In addition to the weather protection, provide temporary
watertight enclosures when and as required to protect the
Work from damage by inclement weather. Temporary
2020 (HHFR)/lmy TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510
2
SECTION 01510
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
1. 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and
maintaining all temporary facilities until Substantial
Completion. Removal of such prior to Substantial Completion
4W must be with the concurrence of the Architect. The Contractor
bears full responsibility for reproviding any facility removed
prior to Substantial Completion if required for the Work.
`ft B. Removal of all temporary facilities shall be a condition
precedent to Substantial Completion unless directed otherwise
by the Architect or specifically noted in the specifications.
C. The Contractor must comply with all safety laws and
regulations of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the United
States Government, and local government agencies applicable to
work under this Contract. The Contractor's attention is
directed to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of
Labor and Industries, 454CMR.
1. 02 TEMPORARY TELEPHONES
A. Separate individual services shall be provided:
1. In the field office of the Contractor for the use of the
Contractor's authorized agent and Subcontractors.
B. The Contractor shall pay for the installation and removal of
the foregoing temporary telephone(s) and calls and fixed
charges in connection therewith.
C. The temporary telephone services shall be maintained until
Substantial Completion.
1. 03 TEMPORARY TOILET
A. The Contractor shall provide and service an adequate toilet
booth with chemical type toilet.
B. The toilet shall be erected in a location approved by the
Architect and shall be maintained by the Contractor in a clean
and orderly condition in compliance with all local and state
health requirements.
C. Under no circumstances will the Contractor's personnel be
allowed to use Tenants' toilets.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510
1
SECTION 01510
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1.01 General Requirements 1
1.02 Temporary Telephones 1
1. 03 Temporary Toilet 1
1. 04 Temporary Construction Fence 2
1. 05 Temporary Structures and
Material Handling 2
1. 06 Temporary Staging, Stairs, Chutes 2
1.07 Housing Facilities (Not Required) 2
1. 08 Temporary Protection Bidders 1
1.09 Weather Protection 3
1. 10 Temporary Water 3
1. 11 Temporary Electricity 3
1. 12 Temporary Use of Elevators (Not Used) 4
1. 13 Project Sign (Not Required) 4
Mw
2020 (HHFR)/lmy TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510
0
ww
E. The Contractor shall maintain one full set of approved,
original, product data at the site.
*% END OF SECTION
0"
on
M�!
so
00
so
4w
5/89 EOCD-MOD SUBMITTALS
2020(HHFR)/lmy 01300
5
40
Subcontractors' use, and in addition, shall submit within 10
calendar days after approval, 4 prints to the Architect.
H. The Contractor shall maintain one full set of approved shop
ON drawings at the site.
1.05 SUBMISSION OF SAMPLES
Ok A. Unless otherwise specified in the individual section, the
Contractor shall submit two specimens of each sample.
B. Samples shall be of adequate size to permit proper evaluation
Om of materials. Where variations in color or in other
characteristics are to be expected, samples shall show the
maximum range of variation. Materials exceeding the variation
ON of approved samples will not be approved on the Work.
C. Samples of items of interior finishes shall be submitted all at
once to permit a coordinated selection of colors and finishes .
Oft
D. Samples shall be sent directly to the Architect, accompanied by
a transmittal notice. All transmittals shall be stamped with
the Contractor's approval stamp of the material submitted.
ON
E. If a sample is rejected by the Architect, a new sample shall be
resubmitted in the manner specified above. This procedure
46 shall be repeated until the sample is approved by the
Architect.
F. Samples will not be returned unless return is requested at the
time of submission.
1.06 SUBMISSION OF PRODUCT DATA
A. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect 5 copies of
product data. All such data shall be specific and
identification of material or equipment submitted shall be
clearly marked in ink.
B. Product data shall be accompanied by a transmittal notice. The
Contractor's stamp of approval shall appear on the printed
information itself, in a location which will not mar
legibility.
C. Product data returned by the Architect with the stamp
"Disapproved" shall be resubmitted in 5 copies until the
Architect's approval is obtained.
D. When the product data are acceptable, the Architect will stamp
them "Approved" or "Approved as Noted" , retain 3 copies for his
own use, and return 2 copies to the Contractor. The Contractor
shall provido and distribute such number of additional copies
eW as required for his own and his Subcontractors' use.
ON 5/89 EOCD-MOD SUBMITTALS
2020(HHFR)/lmy 01300
4
ON
*w
40
1. Final Unrestricted Release: Where marked "Approved" , the
40 Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it
complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Final-But-Restricted-Release: When marked "Approved as
Noted" , the Work may proceed provided it complies with the
Architect's notations or corrections on the submittal and
complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
4ft Acceptance of the Work will depend upon these compliances.
3. Returned for Resubmittal: When marked "Revise and
Resubmit" , or "Disapproved" , the Work covered by the
ON submittal (purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other
activity) should not proceed. The submittal should be
revised or a new submittal resubmitted without delay, in
accordance with the Architect's notations stating the
so reasons for returning the submittal.
1.04 SUBMISSION OF SHOP DRAWINGS
ON A. Shop drawings shall be complete and shall give all information
necessary or requested in the individual section of the
specifications. They shall also show adjoining Work and
details of connection thereto.
B. Shop drawings shall be for whole systems. Partial submissions
will not be accepted.
C. The Architect reserves the right to review and approve shop
drawings only after approval of related product data and
samples.
D. Shop drawings shall be properly identified and contain the name
of the project, name of the firm submitting the shop drawings,
shop drawing number, date of shop drawings and revisions,
Contractor's stamp of approval, and sufficient spaces near the
title block for the Architect's stamp.
E. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect one legible,
reproducible transparency and two black line prints of each
shop drawing. Transparency and prints shall be mailed or
delivered in roll form. Each submittal shall be accompanied by
a transmittal notice.
F. When the transparency is returned by the Architect with the
stamp "Revise and Resubmit" or "Disapproved" , the Contractor
shall correct the original drawing or prepare a new drawing and
resubmit a transparency and two prints thereof to the Architect
for approval. This procedure shall be repeated until the
Architect's approval is obtained.
G. When the transparency is returned by the Architect with the
stamp "Approved" or "Approved as Noted" , the Contractor shall
provide and distribute the prints for all Contractor and
5/89 EOCD-MOD SUBMITTALS
2020(HHFR)/lmy 01300
3
full particulars of the proposed product to the product
46 named or described in the Contract Documents.
2. Such submittal shall in no event be made later than 120
calendar days prior to the incorporation of the item into
the Work. In any case in which the time period specified
in the Contract Documents from the Notice to Proceed to
Substantial Completion is less than 120 days , this
requirement can be waived by the Architect.
3. Upon receipt of a written request for approval of an Or-
Equal substitution, the Architect shall investigate whether
the proposed item shall be considered equal to the item
named or described in the Contract Documents. Upon
conclusion of the investigation, the Architect shall
promptly advise that the item is, or is not, considered
acceptable as an Or-Equal substitution. Such written
notice must have the concurrence of the Administrator.
ON 4. In no case may an item be furnished on the Work other than
the item named or described, unless the Architect, with the
Administrator's concurrence, shall consider the item equal
to the item so named or described, as provided by M.G.L.
c.30 sec.39M.
5. The equality of items offered as "equal" to items named or
described, shall be proved to the satisfaction of the
Architect at the expense of the Contractor or
Subcontractor submitting the substitution.
6. The Architect and/or the Department may require that full
size samples of both the specified and proposed products be
submitted for review and evaluation. The Contractor or
Subcontractor, as the case may be, shall bear full cost for
providing, delivering, and disposal of all such samples.
7. The Contractor or Subcontractor, as the case may be, shall
assume full responsibility for the performance of any item
submitted as an "Or-Equal" and assume the costs of any
changes in any Work which may be due to such substitution.
E. Processing - All costs for printing, preparing, packaging,
submitting, resubmitting, and mailing, or delivering submittals
required by this contract shall be included in the Contract
Sum.
on
1.03 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
so A. The Architect will review the Contractor's submittals and return
them with one of the following actions recorded thereon by
appropriate markings:
± 5/89 EOCD-MOD SUBMITTALS
2020(HHFR)/lmy 01300
2
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. This section supplements Subparagraphs 4 .6.3. and 5.3.5. and
Paragraphs 4.7. , 4.8. , and 4.15. of the General Conditions.
B. Consult the individual sections of the specifications for the
specific submittals required under those sections and for
further details and descriptions of the requirements.
1.02 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTALS
A. Timeliness - The Contractor shall transmit each submittal to
the Architect sufficiently in advance of performing related
Work or other applicable activities, so that the installation
will not be delayed by processing times, including disapproval
and resubmittal (if required) , coordination with other
submittals, testing, purchasing, fabrication, delivery, and
similar sequenced activities. No extension of time will be
authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit
+ ! submittals to the Architect in advance of the Work.
B. Sequence - The Contractor shall transmit each submittal in a
sequence which will not result in the approval having to be
later modified or rescinded by reason of subsequent submittals
which should have been processed earlier or concurrently for
coordination.
C. Contractor's Review and Approval - Only submittals received
from and bearing the stamp of approval of the Contractor will
be considered for review by the Architect. Submittals shall be
Mw accompanied by a transmittal notice stating name of Project,
date of submittal, "To" , "From" , (Contractor, Subcontractor,
Installer, Manufacturer, Supplier) , Specification Section or
Drawing No. to which the submittal refers, purpose (first
submittal, resubmittal) , description, remarks, distribution
record, and signature of transmitter.
D. Or-Equals - On the transmittal, or on a separate sheet attached
to the transmittal, the Contractor shall direct attention to
any deviations, including minor limitations and variations ,
from the Contract Documents. Submittals should be marked to
highlight the deviations.
1. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall submit to the
Architect for consideration of any Or-Equal substitution, a
written point-by-point comparison containing the name and
Ift 5/89 EOCD-MOD SUBMITTALS
2020(HHFR)/lmy 01300
1
0
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1. 01 Related Documents 1
1. 02 General Procedures for Submittals 1
1. 03 Architect's Action 2
1. 04 Submission of Shop Drawings 3
1. 05 Submission of Samples 4
1. 06 Submission of Product Data 4
40
2020 (HHFR)/lmy SUBMITTALS
01300
0
4n
3 . Obtaining signed permission to enter the adjacent
apartment, if the resident will not be at home.
4 . Obtaining from the Authority the keys for any vacant
apartment(s) or any apartment(s) where the resident is not
at home. The Tenant Coordinator will be responsible for
the safe-keeping of such keys and shall return them at the
end of each work day to the Authority.
ox 5. Notification to the Authority of any resident who refuses
to cooperate with the proposed operational plan.
END OF SECTION
�w
on
so
ON
wis
2020(HHFR)/lmy CONDUCT OF THE WORK
e 01050
3
F. Only materials and/or equipment intended and necessary for
immediate use shall be brought into the dwelling units. At
the end of each work day and at the completion of each phase
of work, equipment and leftover or unused materials shall be
removed from each dwelling unit.
1. 04 SHUTDOWN OF SERVICES
A. The Contractor's attention is especially called to the fact
that the continuous operation of services for this housing
development is mandatory. If the development is to be left
without electricity, sanitary facilities, or any other
services for more than an eight hour period, the Contractor
shall submit a letter and obtain written approval from the
Authority before proceeding.
1. 05 COORDINATION
A. The Contractor shall submit for approval to the Authority a
detailed operational plan showing the sequence of operations
prior to commencement of any work at the site. Any changes to
this operational plan must be approved by the Authority.
B. The Contractor must retain on the Work during its progress a
competent full time representative, satisfactory to the
Authority. This representative shall not be changed, except
with the consent of the Authority. The representative shall
be in full charge of the work and all instructions given to
this person by the Architect shall be binding.
C. The Contractor must supply to the Authority the home telephone
number of a responsible person who may be contacted during
out-of-hours for emergencies on the Project.
1. 06 OWNER'S COOPERATION
A. The Authority shall assist the Contractor to perform the Work
in accordance with the approved operational plan by removing
obstructions that may be in the Contractor's way, upon proper
notice from the Contractor.
B. The Authority may provide a Tenant Coordinator to act as
liaison with tenants and to assist the Contractor in
fulfilling the following:
1. Notification to all tenants two (2) weeks before any work
40 is scheduled in their apartment.
2 . Notification to each tenant in writing forty-eight (48)
ON hours before work is scheduled in their particular
apartment.
an
2020 (HHFR)/lmy CONDUCT OF THE WORK
am 01050
2
®n
an
SECTION 01050
AN CONDUCT OF THE WORK
1. 01 PROVISIONS INCLUDED
A. The Conditions of the Contract and other Sections of Division
1, General Requirements apply to this section.
1. 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Before submitting a bid, the Contractor shall make a thorough
examination of the conditions at the site, checking the
requirements of the Plans and Specifications with the existing
conditions.
B. No claim for extra compensation or extension of time will be
allowed on account of the Contractor's failure to estimate
properly the quantities, locations, and measurements of all
items required to complete the work.
C. The Contractor shall report any discrepancies to the Architect
and request an interpretation.
D. Existing Buildings: All adjacent units will be occupied
during construction. The General Contractor should take all
necessary precautions to ensure the public safety and
convenience of the occupants during construction.
1. 03 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
A. The Contractor's attention is directed to Paragraph 4. 3 of the
General Conditions.
B. The work must be completed in a continuous uninterrupted
operation. The Contractor must use sufficient personnel and
adequate equipment to complete all the necessary work
requirements within a minimum period of time.
C. Unless specifically authorized by the Authority, the work must
be conducted between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4: 30 p.m. on
Monday through Friday. No work is to be done on holidays,
Saturdays, or Sundays other than for emergencies.
D. The Contractor is responsible for the security of partially
completed work until the project is finally accepted by the
Authority.
E. There shall be no storage of materials, tools, and/or
equipment outside of the occupied dwelling units. Any storage
within unoccupied dwelling units must be authorized by the
Authority.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy CONDUCT OF THE WORK
01050
1
as
Ak
SECTION 01050
ffim
CONDUCT OF THE WORK
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
on
PART 1 - GENERAL
40 1. 01 Provisions Included 1
1. 02 Existing Conditions 1
1. 03 Project Management 1
1. 04 Shutdown of Services 2
' " 1. 05 Coordination 2
1. 06 Owner's Cooperation 2
O
a�.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy CONDUCT OF THE WORK
01050
w 0
SECTION 01026
LABOR REGULATIONS
1.01 MINIMUM MINORITY PERCENTAGES
A. The following minimum minority percentages are applicable as per
Article 14 of the General Conditions.
Location Not Less Than
Boston: Impact Area (Jamaica Plain (part] ,
Mattapan, South Cove, Chinatown,
d, Bay Village, Roxbury, Dorchester,
South End) 30Z
Boston: Other Areas l0i
Cambridge: 12Z
°o New Bedford: 18Z
Springfield: 10Z
All other cities and towns: 5Z
+o
B. These percentages shall apply to the Contractor and to all
Subcontractors, regardless of tier, for all on-site Work.
?ate 1.02 WAGE RATES
A. The rate per hour of the wages to be paid to mechanics, apprentices ,
teamsters, chauffeurs, and laborers employed on the Work shall not be
oft less than the rate of wages in the attached "Minimum Wage Rates" as
determined by the Commissioner of Labor and Industries. This
schedule shall continue to be the minimum rate of wages for said
so employees during the life of this Contract.
B. The Contractor shall keep posted on the site a legible copy of said
schedule. The Contractor shall also keep on file the wage rates and
40 classifications of labor employed on this Work in order that they may
be available for inspection by the Awarding Authority, Administrator,
or the Architect.
44 C. Apprentices employed pursuant to this determination of wage rates
must be registered and approved by the State Apprenticeship Council .
Wherever rates for journeymen or apprentices are not listed, and if
AM any other labor is not included in this list, the Contract shall
insert the rates of all those employed on the work.
D. The Contractor shall pay to any reserve, police officers employed on
40 the Work the prevailing rate of wages paid to regular police officers
as required by M.G.L. c149 sec34B, as amended. Such police officers
shall be covered by Workmen's Compensation Insurance and
Employer's Liability Insurance by the Contractor.
so
END OF SECTION
As 5/89 EOCD-MOD LABOR REGULATIONS
2020(HHFR)/lmy 01026
1
0"
SECTION 01026
LABOR REGULATIONS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1. 01 Minimum Minority Percentages 1
1. 02 Wage Rates 1
w
40
2020 (HHFR)/lmy LABOR REGULATIONS
01026
40 0
00
C. Coordination by the Contractor: The following items shall
be provided by others under a separate agreement with the
Owner for which the Contractor has coordinating responsibility.
1. Notification of tenants in advance of work being performed
in a particular unit.
2 . Electrical power, water.
,ate
END OF SECTION
40
40
ON
2020 (HHFR)/lmy SUMMARY OF THE WORK
01010
2
00
Am
SECTION 01010
Aft SUMMARY OF THE WORK
1. 01 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Work under the Contract Consists of:
1. Demolition and complete restoration of fire damaged Unit
19-D, a two-story and basement structure.
2 . All work either shown on the drawings or included in the
specifications unless specifically indicates as not to be
done.
B. In addition the Work under the Contract includes:
1. All work as called for in the Contract Documents and as
required for the proper completion of the Work, including
restoration to its original condition of any work damaged
or destroyed by encroaching upon areas immediately
adjacent to fire damaged unit.
2 . Providing and removing, where appropriate, all temporary
facilities.
3 . Retaining the services of a licensed Plumber, HVAC
Contractor, and Electrician to perform the work of
removing, reinstalling, and reconnecting all fixtures as
called for on the Contract Documents.
1. 02 TIME OF COMPLETION
A. In accordance with Article 9 of the General Conditions, the
Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the Notice to
Proceed and shall be completed within 120 consecutive calendar
days thereafter.
B. Liquidated damages shall be in accordance with Paragraph 9. 3 .2
of the General Conditions.
1. 03 WORK UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS
40 A. Related Documents: The Contractor's attention is directed
to Article 7 of the General Conditions.
+w B. Coordination by owner: The following items shall be
provided by others under a separate agreement with the Owner
for which the Owner has coordinating responsibility.
1. Removal of tenant window air conditioners.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy SUMMARY OF THE WORK
01010
1
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF THE WORK
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1.01 General Scope of the Work 1
1. 02 Time of Completion 1
1. 03 Work Under Separate Contracts 1
yew
w
2020 (HHFR)/lmy SUMMARY OF THE WORK
01010
0
on
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
as SECTION 01010 - Summary of the Work
SECTION 01025 - Unit Prices (Not Used)
SECTION 01026 - Labor Regulations
SECTION 01030 - Alternates (Not Used)
SECTION 01050 - Conduct of the Work
SECTION 01300 - Submittals
SECTION 01510 - Temporary Facilities
SECTION 01540 - Protection
SECTION 01700 - Project Closeout
SECTION 01710 - Cleaning Up
SECTION 01720 - Record Drawings (Not Used)
2020(HHFR)/lmy TABLE OF CONTENTS - DIVISION 1
�, 1
19.2 TERMINATION LUUHLMES
19.2.1 All expenses charged under Paragraph 19.1 shall be deducted and paid
40 by the Owner out of any monies then due or to become due the Contractor under
this Contract; and in such accounting the Owner shall not be held to obtain
the lowest figures , by competitive bid or otherwise , for the work of
completing the Contract or any part thereof.
on
19.2.2 All sums actually paid by the Owner to complete the Work shall be
charged to the Contractor. In case the expenses charged are less than the sum
which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been
completed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive the
difference. In case such expenses shall exceed the said sum, the Contractor
shall pay the amount of the excess to the Owner. , upon completion of the Work.
19.3 TERMINATION - NO FAULT
a 19.3.1 In the event that this Contract is terminated by the Owner, prior to
the completion of construction and termination is not based on a reason listed
in Paragraph 19.1, the Contractor shall be compensated for its costs incurred
on the Project, including reasonable costs of de-mobilization, calculated on a
percent completion basis as provided in Article 10, covering the period of
time between the last periodic payment and the date of termination.
an 19.3.2 Payment by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 19 . 3 .1 shall be
considered to fully compensate the Contractor for all claims and expenses and
those of any consultants , subcontractors , and suppliers , directly or
indirectly attributable to the termination,, including any claims for lost
'0 profits.
19.4 ADMINISTRATORS APPROVAL
at
19.4.1 Termination of the Contract requires the prior approval of the
Administrator.
40
GENCONI
Kw
sir
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
50 OF 50
on
00
ARTICLE 19
Am TERMINATION
ON 19.1 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE
19.1.1 The Owner may terminate this contract for cause if it determines
that any of the following circumstances have occurred:
.1 The Contractor is adjudged bankrupt: or has made a general assignment
for the benefit of its creditors.
.2 A receiver has been appointed of the Contractor's property.
.3 All or a part of the work has been abandoned.
.4 The Contractor has sublet or assigned all or any portion of the
work, the Contract , or claims thereunder, without the prior written
consent of the Owner, except as provided in the Contract.
.5 The Architect has determined that: the rate of progress required on
the project is not being met.
.6 The Contractor has substantially violated any provisions of this
Contract.
19.1.2 In the event of such termination, the Owner may hold the Contractor
and its sureties liable in damages as for a breach of contract, or the Owner
may notify the Contractor to discontinue all work, or any part thereof, and
the Contractor shall discontinue all work, or any part thereof , as the Owner
may designate.
19.1.3 The Owner may complete the work, or any part thereof, and charge its
expense of so completing the work or part thereof, to the Contractor.
om 19.1.4 The Owner may take possession of and use any materials , machinery,
implements and tools found upon the site of said Work. The Owner shall not be
liable for any depreciation, loss or damage to said materials, machinery,
implements or tools during said use and the Contractor shall be solely
responsible for their removal from the Project site after the Owner has no
further use for them.
on 19.1.5 The Owner may, at its option, require the surety or sureties to
complete the Contract.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
49 OF 50
ARTICLE 17
INDEMNIFICATION
17.1 The Contractor shall take all responsibility for the Work and take
all precautions for preventing injuries to persons and property in or about
the Work; shall bear all losses resulting to or on account of the amount or
character of the Work. The Contractor shall pay or cause payment to be made
for all labor performed or furnished and for all materials used or employed in
carrying out this Contract. The Contractor shall assume the defense of , and
indemnify and save harmless , the Architect , the Owner, the Department and
their officers and agents from all claims relating to labor performed or
furnished and materials used or employed for the Work; to inventions, patents
and patent rights used in and in doing the Work unless such patent
infringement is due to a product or process specified by the Owner; to
injuries to any person or corporation received or sustained by or from the
Contractor and any employees, and subcontractors and employees, in doing the
work, or in consequence of any improper materials, implements or labor used or
employed therein; and to any act, omission or neglect of the Contractor and
any employees therein.
ARTICLE 18
PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS
18.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with a performance bond and a
labor and materials or payment bond in the form provided by the Department ,
executed by a surety company licensed by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts'
Division of Insurance. Each such bond shall be in the amount of the Contract
price.
�w
18.2 In the event that the Contractor waives the requirement in its bid
that a filed sub-bidder is to provide the Contractor with performance and
00 payment bonds , the Contractor shall provide the Owner with a credit change
order in an amount equal to the bond premium it would have paid had it
required the filed Subcontractor to provide such bonds.
40
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
48 OF 50
16.3 FIRE INSURANCE AND EXTENDED COVERAGE
16.3.1 The Contractor shall take out and maintain insurance against loss or
40 damage by fire and against loss or damage covered by the standard extended
coverage insurance endorsement on all work, included in this Contract, until
the final acceptance of the Work. The amount of the insurance at all times
shall be at least equal to eighty percent (80I) of the Contract amount. The
policy or policies shall specifically state that they are for the benefit of
and payable to, the Owner , the Department, the Contractor, and all persons
furnishing labor or labor and materials for the Contract work, as their
40 interests may appear. All policies must be issued by companies authorized to
do business under the laws of this Commonwealth.
16.3.2 When Work will be completed on existing buildings owned by the
ob Housing Authority, the Contractor may substitute an installation floater, in
the full amount of the contract , for the requirements set forth in
Subparagraph 16.3.1.
16.4 VEHICLE LIABILITY INSURANCE
16.4.1 The Contractor shall take out and maintain at his own expense during
the life of this Contract vehicle liability insurance in an amount not less
than $500, 000 each person, $1, 000, 000 each occurrence , and $300 , 000 for
property damage.
16.5 EMPLOYER'S L IABILM INSURANCE
16.5.1 The Contractor shall take out Employer's Liability insurance with. a
limit of at least $300,000 for each accident.
16.6 OWNER AS C04NSURED
16.6.1 The Owner and the Department shall be named as additional insureds
on the Contractor's Liability Insurance Policies.
40 16.7 CERTIRCATES OF INSURANCE, POLICIES
16.7.1 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be submitted
to the Owner simultaneously with the execution of the Contract. Certificates
shall indicate that contractual liability coverage is in force. As well as
deletions of the XCU exclusions.
aR! 16.7.2 The Contractor shall file the original and one certified copy of all
policies with the Owner within sixty days after Contract award. If the Owner
is damaged by the failure of the Contractor to maintain such insurance and to
so notify the Owner, then the Contractor shall bear all reasonable costs
properly attributable thereto.
16.8 CANCELLATION
16.8.1 Any cancellation of any insurance required by this contract, whether
by the insurer or by the insured , shall not be valid unless written notice
thereof is given by the party proposing cancellation to the other party and
the Owner at least thirty days prior to the intended effective date thereof,
which date shall be expressed in said notice.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
47 OF 50
ARTICLE 16
00 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
00
16.1 WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
16.1.1 Workmen ' s Compensation Insurance must be provided at the
Contractor ' s expense in accordance with the provisions of M.G . L . c . 149
Or sec . 34A. The Contractor shall, before commencing performance of this
Contract, provide insurance for the payment of compensation and the furnishing
of other benefits under M.G.L. c. 152, as amended, to all persons to be
Ok employed on the Project, and the Contractor shall continue such insurance in
full force and effect during the term of the Contract. Proof of compliance
with the aforesaid stipulations shall be furnished to the Owner when requested
and prior to the award of this Contract by submitting a copy of a properly
endorsed insurance certificate issued by a company authorized to write
Workmen' s Compensation Insurance policies in the Commonwealth.
162 CONffRACTOR'S PUBLIC UABIUTY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE
UABIUTY INSURANCE
16.2.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain, during the term of this
Contract with respect to the operations to be performed by any employee or by
any Subcontractors, regular Contractor' s Public Liability Insurance. This
insurance shall provide for a limit of not less than the amount named in the
following Subparagraph 16.2.4 for all damages arising out of bodily injuries
to or death of one person, and subject to that limit of each person, a total
limit of the amount named in the following Subparagraph 16.2.4 for all damages
arising out of bodily injuries to or death of two or more persons in any one
occurrence. Remove the XCU exclusions relating to explosion, collapse , and
underground property damage.
16.2.2 The Contractor shall also purchase and maintain regular Contractor's
Property Damage Liability for all damages arising out of injury to or
destruction of property in any one occurrence and, subject to that limit per
occurrence , a total or aggregate limit of the amount named in Subparagraph
16.2.4 for all damages arising out of injury to or destruction of property
during the term of the Contract.
16.2.3 The Contractor shall not commence work on this Contract until proof
of compliance with this stipulation has been furnished to the Owner by
submitting one copy of a properly endorsed insurance certificate issued by a
company authorized to write this type of insurance in the Commonwealth.
16.2.4 The Contractor shall take out and maintain Contractor' s Public
Liability and Property Damage Liability Insurance in accordance with the
Contract terms in not less than the following amounts:
Personal Injury Property Damage
Each Occurance Aggregate Each Occurrence Aggregate
$ 500,000 $ 1,000,000 500,000 $ 1,000,000
4►
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
46 OF 50
+0
tw
15.5.3 In addition to the remedies provided under Subparagraphs 15.5.1 and
15.5.2 the Authority may suspend or terminate this Contract in whole or in
part , or may call upon the Contractor' s surety to perform all terms and
ON conditions in the Contract.
15.5.4 In any proceedings involving the imposition of sanctions , the
on Awarding Authority and the Department may not impose sanctions if it finds
that the Contractor specifies and demonstrates that the application and
enforcement of such provision( s) will cause a hardship and , that the
Contractor has taken every possible measure to comply with this Article 14,
e0 which would justify reasons for waiving the Article in whole or in part.
To demonstrate every possible measure, the Contractor shall furnish:
ON (a) the name of each firm solicited for quotations on each Subcontract ,
the price quoted by each, and whether or not the firm solicited was a
minority or woman-owned business;
40
(b) the reason for not Subcontracting with a minority or woman-owned
business firm when applicable;
no (c) evidence showing efforts by the Contractor to supplement its own and
SOMWBA lists of minority and woman-owned business sources by contacting
the Small Business Administration, trade organizations, the Services
No Administration (U.S. Government) , minority contractors ' organizations ,
community organizations and other likely sources of names of additional
minority or woman-owned business firms capable of performing the Work;
and
(d) evidence showing other efforts to comply with this Article 15.
The Awarding Authority and the Department may then determine that no such
substitute minority or women Contractors exist.
15.6 HEARINGS AND APPEALS
15.6.1 The Authority shall not impose any sanctions under Paragraph 15.5
unless the Contractor, SOMWBA and any interested party shall have been given
,yr an opportunity to present testimony at an administrative conference held by
the Department, and the Department determines in its sole discretion that the
sanctions are justified by the supporting circumstances presented at the
Administrative Conference.
15.6.2 A Contractor shall have the right to request the Authority to
suspend any or all sanctions imposed under Paragraph 15.5 upon demonstrating
+ compliance with this Article 15.
w�
e�1w
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
45 OF 50
40
do
15.4.5 If a listed SCE fails to obtain a performance or payment bond from a
surety qualified to do business in the Commonwealth when requested by the
general bidder to do so and is rejected, said failure shall not entitle the
general bidder to avoid the requirements of this Article 15.
15.4.6 The Contractor shall not terminate any sub-contract for, nor perform
an with its own organization, nor assign to any other contractor or
Subcontractor, work designated to an SCE on the Participation Schedule without
the written approval of the Authority and the Department. Such approval shall
be withheld until the Contractor demonstrates that the Participation Amount is
w still met for any substituted SCE, provided however, that compliance with this
paragraph shall not limit the terms of M.G.L. c.149 sec.44F. All notices of
M/WBE status change after the submission of the Participation Schedule, the
execution of the general contract or during the construction period must be
sent to the Executive Office of Communities and Development -- Legal
Office/MBE/WBE -- 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02202.
00 15.4.7 Any changes or substitutions of the officers or stockholders in an
SCE that reduce the minority or woman ownership or control to less than the
requisite percentage will result in the automatic revocation of that MBE's or
WBE' s certified status . If an SCE listed on the Schedule has its certified
40 status revoked, the Contractor shall be considered to be out of compliance
with this Article 15 and must proceed as outlined in the following paragraph.
6 15.4.8 Any bidder or Contractor must provide information as it is necessary
in the judgement of the Authority or SOMWBA to ascertain compliance with the
terms of this Article 15.
41M' 15.4.9 If the Contractor desires to comply with this Article 15, but for
reasons beyond its control cannot do so in accordance with the Participation
Schedule , the Contractor must submit to the Awarding Authority and the
44 Department the reason for its inability to comply and proposed revisions to
the Participation Schedule stating how conditions of this Article 15 are to be
met. The Department reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to waive all,
ON or a portion of the requirements of this Article 15.
15.4.10 Failure to comply with any provisions of Article 15 shall constitute
a substantial violation and breach of the Contract.
15.5 SANCTIONS
do 15.5.1 If the Contractor fails to comply with the terms of these
conditions, the Authority may:
(a) suspend any payment for the Work that should have been but was not
*4 performed by an SCE pursuant to the Participation schedule; or
(b) require specific performance of the Contractor's obligation under
this Article 15 by requiring the Contractor to contract with an SCE
' selected by the Contractor and agreed to by the Authority and the
Department for any work remaining, at no additional cost to the Owner.
15.5.2 To the extent that the Contractor has not complied with the terms of
these conditions, the Authority may withhold from any periodic payment monies
equivalent to the product of the percentage of completion times the SCE dollar
amount, minus the amount already paid to SCE' s for Work performed under the
contract, minus any payments already withheld.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
44 OF 50
�w
15.3.4 Joint Ventures
(a) In the case of a joint venture between an SCE and a non-certified
business, the SOMWBA certified MBE or WBE shall have at least 51Z control
over the management and receipt of profits of the project bid upon.
(b) For the purposes of this policy a "Joint Venture" shall mean a
business arrangement on a specific project between SOMWBA-certified
M/WBEs and a non-SOMWBA-certified contractor, in which the MBE or WBE has
at least a twenty-five percent (25Z) interest in the contract amount, and
so in which the other has at least the required minimum percentage of
participation in the contract amount . It is expected that the M/WBE
having the minimum 25Z interest will participate in the management and
decision-making aspects of the project proportionate to his /her
OR percentage of ownership and interest in the contract.
(c) Under this policy a "M/WBE Joint Venture , " as opposed to a "Joint
ON Venture , " is defined as a business arrangement on a specific project
whereby a SOMWBA-certified MBE or WBE serves as the contractor and
engages the services of another SOMWBA-certified MBE or WBE (whichever is
required) in an amount not less than twenty five percent ( 25Z) of the
on contract amount, and in which the management and decision-making aspects
of the project are shared to the degree of participation and ownership in
the contract.
on
(d) Whenever a joint venture with an SCE participant files a bid or sub-
bid, and requests a credit as an SCE, that bid must be accompanied by the
joint venture agreement for that joint venture which must be obtained
from SOMWBA.
15.4 COMPLIANCE
15.4.1 Within 5 working days after receipt of bids, unless an extension of
time for compliance is granted in accordance with Article 3 of the
Instructions to Bidders, the apparent low bidder must submit a completed
participation schedule and "letters of intent" covering each SCE used in the
development of the commitment. These letters shall include among other
things, the contract items the SCE contractor is proposing to perform and the
00 prices that the SCE contractor proposes to charge for the work. Letters of
intent are not required from filed sub-bidders who are SCEs.
15.4.2 The Contract amount indicated in the letter of intent shall not be
00 less than the amount shown on the participation schedule. The SCEs for whom
letters of intent are submitted must be identical to the ones listed on the
Schedule of Participation Commitment. No substitutions shall be made .without
40 the written approval of the Authority and notification to the Department.
15.4.3 Prior to the Notice to Proceed, the general bidder receiving the
award shall furnish the Authority and the Department with signed copies of all
Am subcontracts which have been executed between it and each of the SCEs listed
on the Schedule of Participation Commitment.
am 15.4.4 A general bidder shall not change the SCE ' s' listed in the
Participation Schedule or make any other such SCE substitutions after the
general contract has been executed or during construction without the written
approval of the Awarding Authority and the Department.
Aw
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
43 OF 50
to
4M
ow 15.1.12 "Joint Venture" shall mean a joint or combined business agreement on
a particular project between a SOMWBA-certified M/WBE firm(s ) and a non-
SOMWBA-certified contractor, in which the M/WBE portion( s) is valued at
twenty-five percent (25X) or more of the contract amount.
152 CONDITIONS
All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and the like agree to be
bound by the commitments and obligations outlined in the sections below, as
applicable.
15.2.1 The apparent low general bidder must submit a " Participation
Schedule" as required by the Instructions to Bidders. This schedule shall
list those SCE's with whom the Contractor intends to directly sub-contract ,
purchase materials or use as a manufacturer and also any SCE's listed by filed
sub-bidders. Said schedule shall state the amount to be paid to each SCE.
The amount of participation of SCE' s listed in this schedule must total at
least the percentage set forth in the Advertisement . SCE' s listed on this
schedule must be SOMWBA certified MBE's and WBE's at the time of the receipt
of bids.
15.2.2 Subcontractors are encouraged, but not required to subcontract
portions of their work to SCE' s . Participation forms , available with the
bidding documents , shall be used to list those SCE's with whom they wish to
sub-subcontract and the dollar amount of those proposed sub-subcontracts.
15.2.3 Single Trade Contracts. In the case of a Single Trade Contract. the
Contractor may, at his/her discretion, elect to include participation by
40 SOMWBA-certified M/WBEs in the Contract. It should be noted by the Contractor
that M/WBE participation is not required on Single Trade ..Projects . However,
this provision does not prohibit the Contractor from including M/WBE
44 participation in his/her bid, if so desired.
15.3 DETERMINATION OF MBE STATUS
an 15.3.1 Any Contractor , Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor , material
supplier or manufacturer may apply to SOMWBA for MBE or WBE status.
Applications must be made on the application form prepared by SOMWBA, and
ON certification as a "Minority Business " or "Women-Owned Business" by other
agencies does not fulfill the requirements of this Article 15.
15.3.2 SOMWBA will be responsible for preparing, publishing, and updating a
am list of certified minority-owned contracting and sub-contracting businesses .
The list that is most current at the time bids are received shall govern.
04 15.3.3 Submission of an application to SOMWBA does not constitute
certification by SOMWBA. SOMWBA requires a minimum of thirty (30) days from
the receipt of a completed application to make its decision regarding, the
certification of an MBE or WBE applicant.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
42 OF 50
(c) Native American - All persons having origins in any of the original
peoples of North America, and who are recognized as native Americans by a
tribal organization.
(d) Eskimo and Aleut - All persons having origins in any of the peoples
of Northern Canada, Greenland, Alaska, and Eastern Siberia.
(e) Asian - All persons having origins in any of the original peoples of
the Far East, Southeast Asia , the Indian Subcontinent or the Pacific
Islands . This area includes , for example : China, Japan, Korea, the
Philippine Islands, and Samoa.
(f) Cape Verdean - All persons having origins in any of the original
peoples of the Cape Verde Islands who are of Black African origin.
on 15.1.2 "SOMWBA" means the State Office of Minority and Women Business
Assistance, 100 Cambridge Street, Room 1300, Boston, Massachusetts 02202.
we 15.1.3 "Department" Means the Department of Community Affairs/Executive
Office of Communities and Development as defined in Article 3.
O® 15.1.4 "Minority Business Enterprise " (MBE) shall mean a business
organization which is owned and controlled fifty-one percent (51Z) or more by
one or more minority group members and certified as such by SOMWBA.
15.1.5 "Women Business Enterprise" (WBE) shall mean a business organization
which is owned and controlled fifty-one percent (51Z) or more by one or more
women and certified as such by SOMWBA.
aw 15.1.6 "SOMWBA Certified Enterprise" (SCE) shall mean a MBE or WBE as
defined in 15.1.4 and 15.1.5.
4 15.1.7 "MBE/WBE Manufacturer" shall mean a person or firm certified by
SOMWBA and engaged in the process of making, fabricating, constructing,
forming or assembling a product( s ) from raw, unfinished, semi-finished, or
40 finished materials through a direct contract with a contractor , sub-
contractor, or supplier.
15.1.8 "MBE/WBE Sub-Contractor" shall mean a person or firm certified as
+M such by SOMWBA and contractually engaged by the contractor to perform a
portion (a) of the contracted work, including labor, materials and supplies ,
or (b) labor, materials and supplies, or any combination thereof.
a.e 15.1.9 "MBE/WBE Supplier" shall mean a person or firm certified as such by
SOMWBA and engaged in selling of materials and supplies to contractors, sub-
contractors, and/or manufacturers for the purpose of constructing, repairing,
+! remodeling , adding to or subtracting from, or improving any building,
structure or property through a direct contract with a contractor or sub-
contractor.
15.1.10 "Single Trade" shall mean a construction contract where only one (1)
category of work is being undertaken.
15.1.11 "Amount of Participation" shall mean the percentage stated on the
advertisement of the final contract amount which is to be contracted to SCE's
for work to be performed on this contract in accordance with this Article 15.
an
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
41 OF 50
40
40
rt.
14.6.3 If at any time after the imposition of one or more of the above
sanctions a Contractor is able to demonstrate compliance with this section,
The Contractor may request the Department, in consultation with the Authority,
to suspend the sanctions conditionally, pending a final determination by the
Department as to whether the Contractor is in compliance. After receiving a
final report, the Department shall either lift the sanctions or reimpose them.
40 14.7 CE"FICA110N
14.7.1 The Contractor's Certification Form must be signed by all successful
OR low bidders prior to award by the Authority.
14.7.2 The Contractor receiving the award of the Contract shall be required
to obtain from each of its Subcontractors filed or nonfiled and submit to the
Authority prior to the performance of any Work under said Subcontract, a
certification by said Subcontractor, regardless of tier, that it will comply
with the minority manpower ratio and specific affirmative action steps. The
ON form for this certificate shall be as shown under the "Form of Subcontractor's
Equal Employment Certification, " in the "Contract Forms" section of this
document.
on 14.7.3 In order to ensure that the said Subcontractors ' certification
becomes a part of all Subcontracts under the prime Contract, no Subcontract
shall be executed until an authorized representative of the Authority
go administering this project has determined , in writing , that the said
certification has been incorporated in such Subcontract, regardless of time.
Any Subcontract executed without such written approval shall be void.
am 14.8 SEVERABILM
14.8.1 The provisions of this section are severable , and if any of these
Am provisions shall be held unconstitutional by any court of competent
jurisdiction, the decision of such court shall not affect or impair any of the
remaining provisions.
ARTICLE 15
MINORITY OR WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
SET ASIDE REQUIREMENTS
15.1 DEFINITIONS: For purposes of this Article 15, the following
additional definitions shall prevail:
.� 15.1.1 "Minority" means a person who is a citizen or permanent resident of
the United States and who is either:
(a) Black - All persons having origins in any of the Black racial groups
of Africa.
(b) Hispanic - All persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or
South American origin.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
40 OF 50
mM
14.6 COMPLIANCE - INFORMATION, REPORTS, AND SANCTIONS
14.6.1 The Contractor will provide all information and reports required by the Authority or the Department on instructions issued by either of them and
will permit access to its facilities and any books , records, accounts and
other sources of information which may be determined by the Authority or the
so Department to affect the employment of personnel. This provision shall apply
only to information pertinent to the Commonwealth' s affirmative action
contract requirements . Where information required is in the exclusive
possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the
An Contractor shall so certify to the Authority or the Department as appropriate
and shall set forth what efforts he has made to obtain the information.
14.6.2 Whenever the Authority's EEO Officer, the MCAD, the Department, or
the Liaison Committee believes the Contractor may not be operating in
compliance with the terms of these requirements, the Department shall conduct
an investigation, and may confer with the parties , to determine if such
No Contractor is operating in compliance with the terms of this section. No
investigation by the Department shall be initiated without prior notice to the
Contractor. If the Department finds the Contractor not in compliance, it
shall make a preliminary report on non-compliance, and notify such Contractor
in writing of such steps as will in the judgement of the Department bring such
Contractor into compliance. A copy of such report shall be sent to the
Department's Affirmative Action Officer. In the event that such Contractor
fails or refuses to fully perform such steps , the Department shall make a
report of non-compliance to the Department which will then conduct an
investigation and should it find such Contractor to be in non-compliance, it
will recommend, in a final report, the imposition of one or more of the
sanctions listed below. If, however, the Department believes the Contractor
has taken or is taking every possible measure to achieve compliance , it shall
not make a final report of non-compliance. Within fourteen days of a final
report the Department shall after due notice and an opportunity to be heard,
move to impose one or more or the following sanctions to attain full and
effective compliance:
sk 14.6.2.1 For each week that the Contractor fails or refuses to comply, the
Department may recover from the Contractor, 1/100 of 1X of the contract award
price or $1000 whichever sum is greater, in the nature of liquidated damages
ow or if a Subcontractor is in non-compliance, the Department may recover from
the Contractor, 1/10 of 11 of the Subcontract price, or $400 whichever sum is
greater, in the nature of liquidated damages, to be assessed by the Contractor
as a back charge against the Subcontractor for each week that such party fails
or refuses to comply.
14.6.2.2 The suspension of any payment or part thereof due under the contract
Ok until such time as the Contractor or any Subcontractor is able to demonstrate
compliance with the terms of the Contract;
14.6.2.3 The termination, or cancellation, of the Contract, in whole or in
part , unless the Contractor or any Subcontractor is able to demonstrate,
within a specified time, compliance with the terms of the Contract;
14.6.2.4 The denial to the Contractor or any Subcontractor of the right to
participate in any future contracts awarded by the administering agency for a
period of up to three years.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
39 OF 50
4m
" ' action required to guarantee equal employment opportunity for all persons,
regardless of race, color, religious creed, national origin, age or sex. A
purpose of this provision is to ensure to the fullest extent possible an
adequate supply of skilled tradesmen on this public construction project.
14.2.3 For Work under this Contract a Contractor will not discriminate on
grounds of race, color, religious creed, national origin, age or sex in
employment practices , in the selection or retention of Subcontractors, or in
OR the procurement of materials and rentals of equipment.
14.3 MINORITY GOAL
14.3.1 As part of the obligation of remedial action under the foregoing
section, the Contractor shall maintain on this project a percent ratio of
minority employee man-hours in each job category not less than the percentages
found in Section 1E. Such job categories shall include but not be limited to
bricklayers, carpenters, cement masons, electricians, ironworkers , operating
engineers, and those "classes of Work" enumerated in M.G.L. c.149 sec.44F.
14.3.2 Referrals : In the hiring of minority journeymen, apprentices,
trainees and advanced trainees, the Contractor shall rely on referrals from a
multi-employer affirmative action program approved by the Department or the
*� Commission; agencies designated by the Liaison Committee; and traditional
referral methods utilized by the construction industry, where such referrals
are needed to meet minority hiring requirements. The Contractor shall keep
we accurate records of such requests for referrals.
14.3.3 Records of employment referral orders, prepared by the Contractor,
shall be made available to the Authority and to the Liaison Committee on
request.
14.3.4 The Commission, a designee of the Authority, and a designee of the
Liaison Committee shall each have right of access to the construction site.
14.4 WORK FORCE TABLES
14.4.1 Quarterly Projected Work Force : The Contractor shall prepare
projected work force tables on a quarterly basis. These shall be broken down
into projections by week of workers required in each trade. Updated copies
4% shall be furnished to the Authority's EEO Officer and the Liaison Committee,
one week in advance of the commencement of work and of each quarter
thereafter. Quarters shall begin on January 1, April 1, July 1, and October
1. No work shall begin until projected work force tables are received by the
%A Authority's EEO Officer.
14.4.2 Weekly Actual Work Force Table: The Contractor shall prepare a
00 report due after each week of activity, reflecting the actual working hours of
all personnel identified as minority or non-minority. It shall be received by
the Authority and the Liaison Committee no later than Friday following the
week reported.
to
14.5 LIAISON COMMITTEE
AM 14.5.1 The Contractor (or any agent , if designated as the on-site Equal
Employment Opportunity Officer) shall recognize the Liaison Committee as an
affirmative action body and shall establish a working relationship with the
Liaison Committee, consulting with the Liaison Committee on all matters
on related to minority recruitment, referral, employment and training.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
38 OF 50
00
ARTICLE 14
dw
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS
Mel
14.1 DEFINMONS
For purposes of this Article 14, the following additional definitions shall
apply:
14.1.1 "Minority" refers to Asian-Americans , Blacks , Western Hemisphere
?! + Hispanic Americans, North American Indians, and Cape Verdeans.
14.1.2 "Commission" or "MCAD" refers to the Massachusetts Commission
Against Discrimination.
14.1.3 "Contractor" refers to the Contractor and all Subcontractors.
14-1.4 "Liaison Committee" refers to a body established for the life of
this Contract at the discretion of the Commission , composed of one
representative each from the agency or agencies administering this project,
the Commission, and such other representatives as may be designated by the
Commission in conjunction with the administering agency or agencies.
14.1.5 "E.E.O. Officer" refers to Equal Employment Opportunity Officer,
those persons designated by the Contractor, the Authority, or any other agency
or party having jurisdiction under this contract, that serve in a capacity to
implement this Article.
14.2 CONDMONS
During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor or any assignees , and
successors in interest, agrees as follows:
14.2.1 For Work under this Contract, a Contractor shall not discriminate
against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
religious creed, national origin, age, handicap, or sex. The aforesaid
provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment
upgrading. demotion or transfer; recruitment advertising; recruitment layoff;
44 termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; conditions or
privileges of employment; and selection for apprenticeship. The Contractor
shall post in conspicuous places, available for employees and applicants for
employment , notices to be provided by the Commission setting forth the
provisions of the Fair Employment Practices Law of the Commonwealth.
14.2.2 For Work under this Contract, a Contractor shall undertake in good
faith affirmative action measures designed to eliminate any discriminatory
barriers in the terms and conditions of employment on the grounds of race,
color , religious creed, national origin, age, handicap, or sex, and to
eliminate and remedy any effects of such discrimination in the past. Such
affirmative action shall entail positive and aggressive measures to ensure
equal opportunity in the areas of hiring, upgrading, demotion or transfer,
recruitment, layoff or termination, rate of compensation, and in-service or
ON apprenticeship training programs. This affirmative action shall include all
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
37 OF 50
13.2.5 The Contractor shall file prior to the execution of the Contract an
audited financial statement for the most recent completed fiscal year as set
forth in Paragraph 13 .4 below and will continue to file such statement
!' annually during the term of the Contract.
133 STATEMENT OF MANAGEMENT CONTROLS
13.3.1 Prior to execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall file with
the Owner a statement of management as to whether the system of internal
accounting controls of the Contractor and its subsidiaries reasonably assures
that:
(1) Transactions are executed in accordance with management' s general
and specific authorization;
(2) Transactions are recorded as necessary:
+o (a) to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles, and
(b) to maintain accountability for assets;
(3) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management' s
general or specific authorization; and
+�u
(4) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing
assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action was taken with
respect to any difference.
13.3.2 Prior to execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall also file
with the Owner a statement prepared and signed by an independent certified
public accountant, stating that the accountant has examined the statement of
management on internal accounting controls, and expressing an opinion as to:
(1) whether the representations of management in response to
subparagraph 13.3.1 above are consistent with the results of management's
evaluation of the system of internal accounting controls; and
(2) whether such representations of management are reasonable with
respect to transactions and assets in amounts which would be material
40 when measured in relation to the applicant's financial statement.
134 ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENT
om 13.4.1 Every Contractor awarded a contract shall annually file with the
Owner during the term of the Contract a financial statement prepared by an
independent certified public accountant on the basis on an audit by such
accountant . The final statement filed shall include the date of final
payment. All statements shall be accompanied by an accountant's report.
4189 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
36 OF 50
Am 13.1.4 "Independent Certified Public Accountant" means a person duly
registered in good standing and entitled to practice as a certified public
accountant under the laws of the place of his/her residence or principal
office and who is in fact independent.
13.1.5 "Audit, " when used in regard to financial statements, means an
examination of records by an independent certified public accountant in
" ' accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and auditing
standards for the purpose of expressing a CERTIFIED opinion thereon, or, in
the alternative, a qualified opinion or a declination to express an opinion
OR for stated reasons.
13.1.6 "Accountant's Report, " when used in regard to financial statements ,
means a document in which an independent certified public accountant indicates
W" the scope of the audit which he/she has made and sets forth his/her opinion
regarding the financial statements taken as a whole with a listing of noted
exceptions and qualifications , or an assertion to the effect that an overall
40 opinion cannot be expressed. When an overall opinion cannot be expressed the
reason therefor shall be stated. An accountant ' s report shall include a
signed statement by the responsible corporate officer attesting that
management has fully disclosed all material facts to the independent certified
�"` public accountant , and that the audited financial statement is a true and
complete statement of the financial condition of the Contractor.
13.1.7 "Management, " when used herein, means the chief executive officers,
partners, principals or other person or persons primarily responsible for the
financial and operational policies and practices of the Contractor.
00 13.1.8 Accounting terms , unless otherwise defined herein, shall have a
meaning in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and
auditing standards.
so
13.2 RECORD KEEPING
13.2.1 The Contractor shall make, and keep for at least six years after
final payment , books , records , and accounts which in reasonable detail
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the
Contractor.
00
13.2.2 Until the expiration of six years after final payment, the Inspector
General and the Owner shall have the right to examine any books , documents ,
An papers or records of the Contractor and Subcontractors that directly pertain
to, and involve transactions relating to the Contractor and Subcontractors.
13.2.3 The Contractor shall describe any change in the method of
OR maintaining records or recording transactions which materially affects any
statements filed with the Owner including the date of the change and reasons
therefor, and shall accompany said description with a letter from the
Contractor 's independent certified public accountant approving or otherwise
commenting on the changes.
13.2.4 The Contractor shall file a statement of management on internal
oft accounting controls as set forth in Paragraph 13 . 3 below prior to the
execution of the Contract.
awe
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
35 OF 50
44
4 12-5 VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT OPERATORS
12.5.1 If the Commissioner of Labor and Industries has established a
am Schedule of wage rates to be paid to the operators of trucks , vehicles or
equipment for this Project , the Contractor shall be obligated to pay such
operators the minimum wage rate contained on such Schedule. (See M.G.L.
c.149 sec.27F) .
oft
12.6 EIGHT HOUR DAY AND LJDDCING
40 12.6.1 No laborer , workman, mechanic, foreman or inspector working in the
employment of the Contractor, Subcontractor or other person doing or
contracting to do the whole or part of the Work, shall be required or
permitted to work any more than eight hours in any one day, or more than 48
ON hours in any one week, or more than six days in any one week, except in cases
of emergency.
40 12.6.2 Every employee on the Work shall lodge, board, and trade where and
with whom he/she elects, and the Contractor and any Subcontractor shall not
directly or indirectly require, as a condition of employment, that an employee
lodge, board, or trade at a particular place or with a particular person.
12.7 EXECUTIVE ORDERS
40
12.7.1 The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of M.G.L. c. 151B;
Executive Order No. 227 , Governor' s Code of Fair Practices , amending and
Revising Executive Orders No. 116 and 117; Executive Order No. 237 pertaining
"" to minority and women business development; Executive Order No. 246 pertaining
to the handicapped and all regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. The
aforementioned law, Executive Orders, and regulations are incorporated herein
by reference and made a part of this Contract.
00
ARTICLE 13
CONTRACTOR'S ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS
13.1 DEFINITIONS
13.1.1 "Contractor" means any person, corporation, partnership, joint
so venture, sole proprietorship, or other entity awarded this Contract.
13.1.2 "Contract" means any contract awarded or executed pursuant to M.G.L.
c.30 sec.39M or M.G.L. c.149 sec.44A-H, which is for an amount greater than
an one hundred thousand dollars.
13.1.3 "Records" means books of original entry, accounts , checks , bank
statements and all other banking documents , correspondence, memoranda,
invoices, computer printouts , tapes , discs , papers and other documents or
transcribed information of any type, whether expressed in ordinary or machine
language.3
O
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
34 OF 50
ad
A.
.ft
A^
M
M.
so
006
ft
gas
Me
do
Am"
4w
ow
AM
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
121 GENERAL.
12.1.1 The Contractor shall stay fully informed of all existing and future
state and national laws and municipal ordinances and regulations in any manner
affecting those engaged or employed in the work, or the materials used or
employed in the work, or in any way affecting the conduct of the work, and of
all such orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or
authority over the the Contract work. All provisions of law that apply to
this Contract are made a part of this Contract, whether incorporated into this
Contract or not. If any discrepancy or inconsistency is discovered in the
Contract Documents in relation to any such law, ordinance , regulation, order
"a or decree, the Contractor shall forthwith report the same to the Owner in
writing. The Contractor shall cause all agents and employees to observe and
comply with all such existing and future laws, ordinances, regulations, orders
and decrees.
12.2 CORPORATE DISCLOSURES
do 12.2.1 The Contractor, if a foreign corporation, shall comply with M.G.L.
c.181 sec.3 and 5, and M.G.L. c.30 sec.39L.
123 VETERANS PREFERENCE
12.3.1 In the employment of mechanics and apprentices, teamsters ,
chauffeurs , and laborers in the construction of public works in the
ON Commonwealth, preference shall first be given to citizens of the Commonwealth
who have been residents of the Commonwealth for at least six months at the
commencement of their employment and who are veterans as defined M.G.L. c.4
sec.7 (34) , and who are qualified to perform the work to which the employment
4% relates; and secondly, to citizens of the Commonwealth generally who have been
residents of the Commonwealth for at least six months at the commencement of
their employment , and if they cannot be obtained in sufficient numbers, then
to citizens of the United States.
12.4 PREVAILING WAGE RATES
f"" 12.4.1 The Commissioner of Labor and Industries has established the
Schedule found in Division One of the Specifications, listing the prevailing
minimum wage rates that must be paid to all workers employed on the Contract.
40 Such Schedule shall continue to be the minimum rate of wages payable to
workers on this Contract throughout the term of the Contract. The Contractor
shall not have any claim for extra compensation from the Owner if the actual
wages paid to employees on the Contract exceeds the rates listed on the
40 Schedule. The Contractor shall cause a copy of said Schedule to be kept in a
conspicuous place at the Project site during the term of the Contract . (See
M.G . L c . 149 sec . 27 . ) If reserve police officers are employed by the
4% Contractor, they shall be paid the prevailing wage of regular police officers.
M.G.L c.149 sec.34B.
go
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
33 OF 50
10.8 PAYMENT LIABILITIES OF CONTRACTOR
10.8.1 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for all expenses ,
losses , and damages incurred in consequence of any defect, omission, or
mistake of the Contractor or any employees, subcontractors, or suppliers.
AW 10.8.2 The Owner may retain any monies which would otherwise be payable
under this Contract and apply the same, or so much as may be necessary
therefor , to the payment of any expenses, losses, or damages incurred by the
Owner as a direct result of the Contractor ' s failure to perform its
obligations hereunder.
00
ARTICLE 11
00
GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES
Ob 11.1 GENERAL GUARANTY
11.1.1 If at any time during the period of one ( 1 ) year from the date of
00 the use and occupancy of the Work to be performed under this Contract, any
part of the Work shall, in the reasonable determination of the Architect or
Owner , require replacing or repairing due to the fact that it is broken.
defective, or otherwise does not conform to the Contract Documents, the Owner
will notify the Contractor to make the required repairs or replacement. If
the Contractor shall neglect to commence such repairs or replacement to the
satisfaction of the Owner within ten ( 10) days from the date of giving or
oft mailing such notice, then the Owner may employ other persons to make the same.
The Contractor agrees, upon demand, to pay to the Owner all amounts which the
Owner expends for such repairs or replacements . During this one year
guarantee period any corrective work shall be performed in accordance with the
applicable terms of this Contract. For items of work completed after use and
occupancy has been taken, the one year guarantee shall commence at the time
the Owner accepts such items. This one year guarantee shall not limit any
a express guaranty or warranty provided elsewhere in the Contract.
11.2 SPECWL GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES
11.2.1 Guarantees and warranties required in the various sections of the
Specifications must be delivered to the Architect before final payment to the
Contractor may be made, or in the case of guarantees and warranties which
originate with a Subcontractor's section of the Work, before final payment for
the amount of that subtrade or for the phase of Work to which the guarantee or
warranty relates.
w 11.2.2 The failure to deliver a required guarantee or warranty shall be
held to constitute a failure to fully complete the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
40
11.2.3 The Contractor' s obligation to correct Work as set forth in
Paragraph 4.12 is in addition to, and not in substitution of, such guarantees
or warranties as may be required in the various Sections of the
no Specifications.
4189 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
32 OF 50
00
.6 The Owner shall forthwith deposit the amount deducted from a direct
payment as provided in part (iii) of Subparagraph .5 in an interest-
bearing joint account in the names of the Contractor and the
Subcontractor in a bank in Massachusetts selected by the Owner or agreed
upon by the Contractor and the Subcontractor and shall notify the
Contractor and the Subcontractor of the date of the deposit and the bank
receiving the deposit. The bank shall pay the amount in the account ,
*A including accrued interest , as provided in an agreement between the
Contractor and the Subcontractor or as determined by decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction.
OR .7 All direct payments and all deductions from demands for direct
payments deposited in an interest-bearing account or accounts in a bank
pursuant to Subparagraph .6 shall be made out of amounts payable to the
an General Contractor at the time of receipt of a demand for direct payment
from a Subcontractor or out of amounts which later become payable to the
Contractor and in order of receipt of such demands from Subcontractors.
ON All direct payments shall discharge the obligation of the Owner to the
Contractor to the extent of such payment.
.8 The Owner shall deduct from payments to the Contractor amounts
which, together with the deposits in interest-bearing accounts pursuant
to Subparagraph .6 , are sufficient to satisfy all unpaid balances of
demands for direct payment received from Subcontractors . All such
amounts shall be earmarked for such direct payments , and the
Subcontractors shall have a right to such deductions prior to any claims
against such amounts by creditors of the Contractor.
.9 If the Subcontractor does not receive payment as provided in
Subparagraph .1 or if the Contractor does not submit a periodic estimate
for the value of the labor and materials performed or furnished by the
ON Subcontractor and the Subcontractor does not receive payment for same
when due less the deductions provided for in Subparagraph . 1 , the
Subcontractor may demand direct payment by following the procedure in
Subparagraph .4 and the Contractor may file a sworn reply as provided in
+0 that same Subparagraph. A demand made after the first day of the month
following that for which the Subcontractor performed or furnished the
labor and materials for which the Subcontractor seeks payment shall be
ON valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the time payment was due on a
periodic estimate from the Contractor . Thereafter the Owner shall
proceed as provided in Subparagraphs .5, .6, .7, and .8.
00 10.7 FINAL PAYMENT
10.7.1 Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall be entitled to
an payment of the Contract balance, in accordance with Subparagraph 10.6.1.2 and
per the process described in Division 1 of the Specifications.
10.7.2 The acceptance by the Contractor of the last payment due under this
!ft Contract or the execution of the Final Certificate of Completion and a
properly executed Contractor 's Certificate and Release, shall operate as a
release to the Owner, Department, and the Architect from all claims and
am liability related to this Contract, except for a claim against the Owner for
the amount set forth by the Contractor in such Certificate.
40
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
31 OF 50
O
.3 Each payment made by the Owner to the Contractor pursuant to
Subparagraphs ( .1) and ( .2) of this paragraph for the labor performed and
the materials furnished by a Subcontractor shall be made to the
oft Contractor for the account of that Subcontractor and the Owner shall take
reasonable steps to compel the Contractor to make each such payment to
each such Subcontractor. If the Owner has received a demand for direct
payment from a Subcontractor for any amount which has already been
included in a payment to the Contractor or which is to be included in a
payment to the Contractor for payment to the Subcontractor as provided in
Subparagraphs .1 and .2, the Owner shall act upon the demand as provided
oft in this section.
.4 If , within 70 days after the Subcontractor has substantially
on completed the Subcontract Work, the Subcontractor has not received from
the Contractor the balance due under the Subcontract including any amount
due for extra labor and materials furnished to the Contractor, less any
amount retained by the Owner as the estimated cost of completing the
am incomplete and unsatisfactory items of Work, the Subcontractor may demand
direct payment of that balance from the Owner. The demand shall be by a
sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified mail to the Owner, and
a copy shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the seventieth
day after the Subcontractor has substantially completed the Subcontract
Work. Within ten days after the Subcontractor has delivered or so mailed
a copy to the Contractor , the Contractor may reply to the demand. The
!+ reply shall be by a sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified
mail to the Owner, and a copy shall be delivered to or sent by certified
mail to the Subcontractor at the same time. The reply shall contain a
detailed breakdown of the balance due under the Subcontract including any
amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the Contractor and
of the amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the
Contractor and of the amount due for each claim made by the Contractor
+4 and of the amount due for each claim made by the Contractor against the
Subcontractor.
an .5 Within 15 days after receipt of the demand by the Owner but in no
event prior to the 70th day after substantial completion of the
Subcontract Work , the Owner shall make direct payment to the
Subcontractor of the balance due under the Subcontract including any
amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the Contractor ,
less any amount (i) retained by the Owner as the estimated cost of
completing the incomplete or unsatisfactory items of Work, (ii) specified
40 in any court proceedings barring such payment, or (iii) disputed by the
Contractor in the sworn reply; provided, that the Owner shall not deduct
from a direct payment any amount as provided in part (iii) if the reply
is not sworn to, or for which the sworn reply does not contain the
40 detailed breakdown required by Subparagraph .4. The Owner shall make
further direct payments to the Subcontractor forthwith after the removal
of the basis for deductions from direct payments made as provided in part
(i) and (ii) of this Subparagraph.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
30 OF 50
wo
.2 After the receipt of a periodic estimate requesting final payment
and within 65 days after (a) the Contractor fully completes the Work or
substantially completes the work so that the value of the Work remaining
to be done is, in the estimate of the Owner, less than one percent ( 1Z )
of the original Contract Price, or (b) the Contractor substantially
completes the Work and the Owner takes possession for occupancy ,
whichever occurs first , the Owner shall pay the Contractor the entire
"w balance due on the Contract less, (1) a retention based on its estimate
of the fair value of its claims against the Contractor and of the cost of
completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of Work less (2) a
retention for direct payments to Subcontractors based on demands for same
Ak in accordance with the provisions of Section 39F, or based on the record
of payments by the Contractor to the Subcontractors under this Contract
if such record of payment indicates that the Contractor has not paid
Subcontractors as provided in Section 39F.
.3 If the Owner fails to make payment as herein provided, there shall
be added to each such payment daily interest at the rate of three
0" percentage points above the rediscount rate then charged by the Federal
Reserve Bank of Boston commencing on the first day after said payment is
due and continuing until the payment is delivered or mailed to the
ON Contractor; provided, that no interest shall be due, in any event, on the
amount due on a periodic estimate for final payment until fifteen days
after receipt of such a periodic estimate from the Contractor, at the
place designated by the Owner if such a place is so designated. The
Contractor agrees to pay to each Subcontractor a portion of any such
interest paid in accordance with the amount due each Subcontractor.
10.6.2 DIRECT PAYMENT TO SUBCONTRACTORS
10.6.2.1 The Contractor shall make payments to filed Subcontractors in
accordance with M.G.L c.30 sec.39F which provides as follows:
.1 Forthwith after the Contractor receives payment on account of a
periodic estimate , the Contractor shall pay to each Subcontractor the
40 amount paid for the labor performed and the materials furnished by the
Subcontractor, less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring
such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the Subcontractor
by the Contractor.
.2 Not later than the 65th day after each Subcontractor substantially
completes the Work in accordance with the plans and specifications , the
entire balance due under the subcontract less amounts retained by the
Owner as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete and unsatis-
factory items of Work, shall be due the Subcontractor and the Owner shall
pay that amount to the Contractor. The Contractor shall forth-with pay
to the Subcontractor the full amount received from the Owner less any
amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also
less any amount claimed due from the Subcontractor by the Contractor.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
29 OF 50
00
to 10.4 PAYMENT FOR STORED MATERIALS
10.4.1 The Contractor shall include in such Application for Payment only
4k such materials as are incorporated in the work. The Contractor may upon
delivery of a bill of sale to the Owner accompanied by receipted vouchers or
other acceptable proof of payment by the Contractor or Subcontractor for such
materials, include the value of materials or equipment delivered at the site
Am of the work (or at some location agreed to in writing) . This must be, in the
judgement of the Architect, materials or equipment which meet the requirements
of the Contract, ready for use, and which the Contractor can adequately
An protect until incorporated in the work. The Contractor must also present to
the Architect a stored materials insurance binder that covers the materials
for which payment is requested, that names the Owner and the Department as an
insured party should the stored materials be subjected to any casualty, loss,
on or theft prior to their inclusion in the work.
10.5- CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
am
10.5.1 The Architect shall mark the date of receipt on the Contractor' s
Application for Payment. The Architect will, within seven days after receipt
of the Contractor ' s Application for Payment , either issue to the Owner a
04 Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the
Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in
writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or
in part.
10.5.2 The Owner may make changes in any application for payment submitted
by the Contractor in accordance with M.G.L. c.30 sec.39K, and the payment due
on said periodic estimate shall be computed in accordance with the changes so
made. The provisions of said Section 39K shall govern payments pursuant to
periodic estimates on which the Authority has made changes.
10.5.3 No certificate for payment nor any progress payment shall constitute
acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.
10.6 STATUTORY PAYMENT PROVISIONS
10.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment the Owner
shall make payment to the Contractor in accordance with M.G. L. c . 30 sec . 39k
which provides as follows:
.1 Within 15 days after receipt from the Contractor, at the place
designated by the Owner if such a place is so designated, of a periodic
estimate requesting payment of the amount due for the preceding month,
the Owner will make a periodic payment to the Contractor for the Work
an performed during the preceding month and for the materials not
incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site
(or at some location agreed upon in writing) to which the Contractor has
title or to which a Subcontractor has title and has authorized the
Contractor to transfer title to the Owner, less (1) a retention based on
its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the Contractor and
less (2) a retention for direct payments to Subcontractors based on
demands for same in accordance with the provisions of Section 39F, and
less (3) a retention not exceeding five percent ( 5I) of the approved
amount of the periodic payment.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
28 OF 50
�M
ARTICLE 10
PAYMENTS
10.1 CONTRACT SUM
10.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement and,
including authorized adjustments , is the total amount payable by the Owner to
the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.
10.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
10.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment , the Contractor shall
submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of
the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its
accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by
the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor' s
Applications for Payment.
40
10.2.2 The schedule of values shall contain a separate item for each
Section of the Specifications broken down in such form as the Architect may
on require. Each item in the schedule of values shall include its proper share
of overhead and profit.
10.3 APPUCATIONS FOR PAYMENT
ps
10.3.1 Once each month, on a date established at the beginning of the Work,
the Contractor shall deliver to the Architect by hand or by registered or
certified mail with return receipt, an itemized Application for Payment,
"�` supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the
Architect may require, and reflecting retainage as provided in Subparagraph
10 .6 . 1 . Such Application for Payment shall be submitted on AIA Form G702 and
on G703 , as modified in the Construction Handbook . The form shall show
separately:
.1 The value of labor and materials incorporated in the Work.
.2 The value, kind, and quantity of each item of material or equipment
not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at
ear the site, during the current pay period.
.3 The value, kind, and quantity of each item of material or equipment
not incorporated in the Work but suitably stored at some other
location agreed upon in writing, during the current pay period.
.4 All Change Orders approved up to the date of the Application for
Payment.
.5 The amounts approved for payment for each item on previous
applications.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
27 OF 50
4
9.6.5 When the punch list has been prepared, the Contractor will arrange a
meeting with the Architect and Subcontractors to identify and explain all
punch list items and address questions on the work which must be done before
final acceptance.
9.6.6 The Architect may revise the punch list, from time to time, to
an ensure that all items of the Work are properly completed.
9.6.7 The Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion
which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish
responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat,
utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within
which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the
Certificate within the provisions of Subparagraph 9.7.2.
9.6.8 Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the
date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof
w unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. The
Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and
Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them
in such Certificate and shall be subject to the approval of the Department.
9.7 RNAL couPLEnON
9.7.1 After the Architect has certified that the work is substantially
complete , the Contractor shall immediately proceed to complete all the
remaining items of Work as determined by the Architect , including items
authorized by Change Orders, Construction Change Directives, or items disputed
""" by the Contractor.
9.7.2 The Contractor shall complete all the remaining items of Work
described in Subparagraph 9.7.1, as soon as possible, and in any event within
one hundred and twenty days after substantial completion, unless the Architect
determines that a shorter time period for completion is appropriate , in which
event the Contractor must complete the Contract work within such period. The
Architect may extend such one hundred and twenty day period if the Architect
determines that such extension is justified.
4M 9.7.3 If the Contractor fails to complete the remaining items of Work
within the time period provided in Subparagraph 9.7.2, the Owner may arrange
for other contractors to complete such items and the direct and indirect costs
of such completion shall be charged against the balance due the Contractor or,
"" if no such balance remains, the Contractor shall pay the Owner the costs of
such completion.
Aft 9.7.4 As an alternative to the procedure described in Subparagraph 9 .7.3.
the Owner may invoke the performance bond of the Contractor and demand that
the surety shall complete the remaining items of work in a timely manner.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
26 OF 50
46
40
9.5.3 Upon receipt of such notice of intent, the Contractor shall promptly
secure and submit to the Architect endorsement from the insurance carrier
permitting occupancy and use of the Work, or any designated portion thereof,
by the Owner prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Project. The
Contractor shall be permitted to cancel its builder ' s risk insurance for
buildings occupied by the Owner.
9.5.4 Partial or entire occupancy by the Owner shall not constitute an
acceptance of Work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents nor
relieve the Contractor from the obligation of performing any Work required by
the Contract but not completed at the time of occupancy. Before such
"""s occupancy, the Architect will give the Contractor a list of items to be
completed prior to Final Completion occurring in the areas to be occupied.
am 9.5.5 The Contractor shall be relieved of all maintenance costs of the
portion of the Project occupied under the provisions of this Article.
9.5.6 The Contractor shall not be responsible for wear and tear or damage
an resulting solely from such occupancy.
9.5.7 The Contract Sum will be adjusted by mutually acceptable
,ate arrangements between the Owner and the Contractor with respect to heat ,
electricity, and water furnished by the Contractor to the portion of the Work
so occupied.
am 9.5.8 When any portion of the building is in condition to receive
fittings , appliances , furniture, or other property to be furnished and
installed by the Owner under separate contracts, the Contractor shall allow
the Owner to bring such items into the building and shall provide all
reasonable facilities and protection therefor.
9.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
9.6.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work
when, in the opinion of the Architect, the Work or designated portion thereof
40 is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the
Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use.
9.6.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof
"' which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the
Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of
items to be completed or corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to
complete and correct items on the list. Failure to include an item on such
list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.6.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list of items to be completed or
corrected, the Architect will promptly make a thorough inspection and prepare
a "punch list" , setting forth in accurate detail any items on the Contractor's
list and additional items that are not acceptable or are incomplete.
9.6.4 If, after reciept of the Contractor's list, the Architect determines
that the Work is not substantially complete, the Architect shall inform the
Contractor of those items that must be completed before the Architect will
prepare a punch list. Upon completion of those items , the Contractor shall
again request the Architect to prepare the punch list.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
25 OF 50
9.3.3.4 The Contractor must submit the amount of a claim under Subparagraph
9 . 3 . 3 . 3 to the Owner in writing as soon as practicable after the end of the
suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act and, in any event, not later
than the date of final payment under this Contract and except for costs due to
a suspension order, the Owner shall not approve any costs in the claim
incurred more than twenty days before the Contractor notified the Owner in
writing of the act or failure to act involved in the claim. M.G.L. c . 30
on sec.390 (b) .
9.3.3.5 The Owner and the Contractor agree that the preceding Subparagraph
,wit, 9.3.3.4 places a burden on the Contractor to inform the Owner, as soon as
practicable , whenever the Contractor considers that an action or inaction of
the Owner or its Architect could result or has resulted in a delay in the
Project, thereby providing the Owner with the opportunity to take action to
An avoid or lessen the time extensions or damages that might be associated with
such action or inaction.
9.3.3.6 The Contractor must file any claim for additional compensation made
pursuant to Subparagraph 9.3.3.4 as a Change Order request. The amount of any
such claim shall be calculated only in accordance with the provisions of
Subparagraph 8.3.1.3 items a through g, and shall be subject to the provisions
of Subparagraph 8.3.2.
9.4 CONSTAUCTION AND PAYMENT SCHEDULES
w�
9.4.1 Prior to commencement of the Work the Contractor shall submit to the
Architect a construction schedule in bar graph form, satisfactory to the
Architect, showing in detail the proposed progress for the construction of the
various parts of the Work, the proposed times for receiving materials
required, and the interrelationship between the various construction
operations and the percentage of completion and the dollar value of the
completed work on the first day of each month for each section of the
specifications and the entire work.
9.4.2 At the end of each month, or more often if required, the Contractor
shall furnish the Architect an updated schedule showing actual progress of the
various parts of the Work in comparison with the originally proposed progress
and payment schedules. If the Architect raises any objections to progress or
payment schedules submitted by the Contractor , the Contractor shall
immediately address and resolve such objections to the reasonable satisfaction
of the Architect.
9.5 USE AND OCCUPANCY
9.5.1 Prior to the date of Substantial Completion of the entire Project
stipulated in the Notice to Proceed, the owner shall have the right, from time
to time, to occupy and use any portion of the Project as the Work in
connection therewith is substantially completed, provided such occupancy and
so
use does not unduly interfere with the Contractor's operations.
9.5.2 The Architect will , prior to any such occupancy and use, give
written notice to the Contractor, indicating the areas intended to be occupied
and used, and the intended commencement date of such occupancy and use.
Occupancy and use shall not commence prior to .a time mutually agreed to by the
Owner and the Contractor.
awr
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
24 OF 50
9.3.2 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY FOR DELAYS
9.3.2.1 The Contractor shall be liable for, and shall pay to the Owner the
Owner's expenses for inspection of Work performed after the time stipulated
for Substantial Completion, as extended by Change Order. Such inspection
costs shall include fees paid to the Architect as extra services at the rate
stipulated in the Contract for Architectural Services between the Owner and
+� the Architect, the costs of the Project Representative at the current salary
rate and any other direct expenses due to inspection. In no case, however,
shall the total amount of inspection costs exceed an aggregate total computed
40 at the rate of three hundred dollars per day. The Owner may retain from
monies otherwise due the Contractor whatever sums accrue to the Owner pursuant
to this provision. The Contractor shall not be liable for inspection costs
for delay in performance for any period for which an extension of the Contract
Time has been granted pursuant to the provisions of Subparagraph 9.3.1.
9.3.3 OWNER DELAYS
on 9.3.3.1 The Owner may delay the commencement of the Work, or any part
thereof, due to unforeseen circumstances or conditions which have a bearing on
the Work required under this Contract or for any other reason if it is deemed
Am to be in the best interest of the Owner to do so. Except as expressly
provided in the following Subparagraphs 9.3.3.2, 9.3.3.3, and 9.3.3.4. the
Contractor shall have no claim for additional compensation on account of such
4M delay, but shall be entitled to an extension of Contract Time as determined
reasonable by the Architect.
9.3.3.2 The Contractor and the Owner agree that the following Subparagraph
9 . 3. 3. 3 provides the Contractor with the right to request additional
compensation for Owner-caused delays only in the following two circumstances:
AM .1 When the Owner provides the Contractor with a written order to
suspend or delay the Work, or a portion thereof, for a period of fifteen
days or more.
40 .2 When the Owner or its Architect fails to make a decision within the
thirty day period described in Subparagraph 8.6.3 and such failure delays
the Work, or a portion thereof, for fifteen days or more.
on 9.3.3.3 The Owner may, for its convenience, order the Contractor in writing
to suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any part of the Work for such period of
time as it may determine appropriate, provided however, that if there is a
4" suspension, delay, or interruption for fifteen days or more or due to a
failure of the Owner to act within the time specified in this Contract, the
Owner shall make an adjustment in the Contract price for any increase in the
6% cost of performance of this Contract, but shall not include any profit to the
Contractor on account of such increase; and provided further, that the Owner
shall not make any adjustment in the Contract price under this provision for
any suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act to the extent that such
`"" is due to any cause for which this Contract provides for an equitable
adjustment of the Contract price under any other Contract provisions. M.G.L.
c.30 sec.390 (a) .
AN
wo
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
23 OF 50
ARTICLE 9
TIME, SCHEDULES, AND COMPLETION
9.1 DEFINITIONS
9.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time , as
extended by approved Change Order, allotted in the Contract Documents for
as Substantial Completion of the Work.
9.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the
Notice to Proceed from the Owner . The commencement date shall not be
postponed by the failure to act of the Contractor or of persons or entities
for whom the Contractor is responsible.
w 9.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the
Architect in accordance with Subparagraph 9.6.7.
9.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar
day unless otherwise specifically defined.
92 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION
9.Z.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of
the Contract. By executing the Contract the Contractor confirms that the
Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work.
9.2.2 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and
shall achieve Completion within the Contract Time.
9.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
9.3.1 The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time if the time
for completion of the Work is extended due to the issuance of Change Orders;
acts of God; labor disputes; abnormal weather conditions; or acts of neglect
of the Owner, Architect, or Department as described in Subparagraph 8.6.3.
Except in exceptional circumstances , delays caused by suppliers ,
subcontractors and sub-subcontractors shall be considered to be within the
control of the Contractor. Should the Contractor require additional time to
complete the Work the Contractor shall document the reasons therefor and
request an extension of time at the time the alleged delay occurs, as provided
in this Article and Article 8. Failure to notify the Architect of any delay
as provided in this Article shall preclude the Contractor from subsequently
claiming any damages due to said delay. Requests for extensions of time shall
be submitted as a Change Order request to the Architect under Article 8 for
the Owner's consideration.
on
06
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
22 OF 50
8.6.3 TIMELY DECISION BY OWNER. NI-G.L c.30 sec-39P
8.6.3.1 Whenever this Contract requires the Owner or its Architect to make a
Our decision during construction of the Project, on interpretation of the
specifications , approval of equipment, material or any other approval, or
progress of the work, that decision shall be made promptly and, in any event ,
40 no later than thirty days after receipt of a written submission for such
decision by the Contractor ; but if such decision requires extended
investigation and study, the Owner or the Architect shall, within thirty days
after the receipt of the submission, give the Contractor written notice of the
00 reasons why the decision cannot be made within the thirty day period and the
date by which the decision will be made.
ow 8.7 CLAIMS
8.7.1 If the Contractor has any claim or dispute of any nature arising
under this Contract, including a claim based on the Owner's failure or refusal
to approve a Change Order request of the Contractor, in full or in part, the
Contractor shall submit such claim or dispute to the Architect, in the form of
a Change Order request, for initial review and consideration, subject to
ON further appeal to the Administrator. If the Architect fails to render a
decision within thirty days after receiving written notice of such claim or
dispute from the Contractor, the Contractor may file a written request for a
decision with the Department pursuant to Subparagraph 8.7.2.
go
8.7.2 Appeal of an Architect's decision under Subparagraph 8. 7.1 must be
made directly to the Administrator by certified mail, copy to the Architect
ab and Owner, within twenty-one calendar days after the date on which the party
making the appeal receives the Architect' s written decision. Failure to
appeal within this period will result in the Architect' s decision becoming
final and binding upon the Owner and the Contractor.
J0
8.7.3 Pending resolution of the claim or dispute , the Contractor must
proceed with the disputed Work, as directed by the Architect. The Contractor
do must give notice to the Department and the Architect stating that it is
proceeding with the disputed work under protest. Accurate records of the
nature and extent of the disputed Work and of the time spent and equipment
used on the disputed Work shall be maintained by the superintendent and
uw verified daily by the Project Representative, or the Owner' s designee .
Failure of the Contractor to maintain such records shall cause the Contractor
to forfeit its claim to additional compensation for such disputed work.
8.7.4 Meetings or administrative conferences held by the Department to
review the basis of the claim or dispute are conducted in accordance with the
procedure described in the Construction Handbook. Such conferences are not
subject to the State Administrative Procedures Act.
8.7.5 At the conclusion of these proceedings, the Department shall issue a
decision which shall be final under the Contract . The matter may then be
appealed to a court of competent jurisdiction.
40
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
21 OF 50
8.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
8.4.1 The Architect, with the concurrence of the Construction Advisor ,
will have authority to order Minor Changes in the Work not involving
adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not
inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be
air effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor .
The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly.
8.5 WORK PERFORMED UNDER PROTEST
40
8.5.1 The Contractor shall perform all work as directed by the Architect,
and if the Architect determines that certain work for which the Contractor has
requested a change order does not represent a change in the Contract, or if
the Contractor and the Architect cannot agree to the amount of compensation
for a change order , the Contractor shall perform said work under protest and
must follow the notice requirements and maintain the records required by
Subparagraph 8.7.3.
8.6. STATUTORY CHANGE ORDER PROVISIONS
8.6.1 The Contractor's attention is directed to the Massachusetts General
Laws Chapter 30, sections 39I, 39J, 39N, 390 and 39P, the provisions of which
apply to this Contract.
8.62 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS, M.G.L CHAPTER 30, SECTION 39N
oft 8.6.2.1 If, during the progress of the Work, the Contractor or the Owner
discovers that the actual subsurface or latent physical conditions encountered
at the site differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans
or indicated in the Contract Documents, either the Contractor or the Owner may
request an appropriate time extension and an equitable adjustment in the
Contract price applying to work affected by the differing site conditions. A
request for such an adjustment shall be in writing and shall be delivered by
the party making such claim to the other party as soon as possible after such
conditions are discovered.
8.6.2.2 Upon receipt of such a claim from a Contractor , or upon its own
so initiative, the Owner shall make an investigation of such physical conditions,
and, if they differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans
or indicated in the Contract Documents or from those ordinarily encountered
As and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in
the plans and Contract Documents and are of such nature as to cause an
increase or decrease in the cost of performance of the work or a change in the
construction methods required for the performance of the work which results in
40 an increase or decrease in the cost of the work , the Owner shall upon
submission by the Contractor of a properly submitted Change Order request,
make an equitable adjustment in the Contract price and the Contract shall be
an modified in writing accordingly.
40
40
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
20 OF 50
8.3 METHOD FOR DETERMINING AMOUNT OF CHANCE
8.3.1 Changes in the Contract price shall be calculated in accordance with
one or a combination of the following methods, as determined by the Architect:
.1 Lump sum basis , provided the lump sum amount shall include the
estimated cost of the change, broken down by items a through g in the
following Subparagraph .3.
.2 Unit price basis , to be adjusted in accordance with contract unit
prices, or other agreed upon unit prices provided that the unit prices
shall be inclusive of all costs related to such equitable adjustment.
.3 Time and materials basis , on a not-to-exceed predetermined upset
amount determined by the Architect, to be subsequently adjusted on the
basis of the Contractor's actual costs based on the following items a
through h:
on
a. Cost of labor at the rates found elsewhere in this document,
including foremen;
on b. Costs of materials , supplies and equipment , including cost of
transportation, whether incorporated or consumed;
40 c. Rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools,
whether rented from the Contractor or others.
d. A percent of the net increase or decrease of item a to cover
Workman's Compensation, F.I.C.A. , and unemployment contributions.
e. For Item 1 work performed by the Contractor's own forces, there
shall be added an amount of 15Z of items a, b and c for overhead,
superintendence, and profit.
f. For Item 2 work performed by any Subcontractor, there shall be
""" added an amount of 15Z of the Subcontractor's costs for items a,
b and c for the Subcontractor ' s overhead, superintendence and
profit . The Contractor shall be entitled to an additional 1OZ
on mark-up on the total amount of the Subcontractor ' s price as
compensation for assuming full responsibility and supervision for
the Subcontractor's work.
`W g. Actual increases in the premium costs for performance and payment
bonds required of the Contractor and filed Subcontractors ,
provided there will be an appropriate credit for reduced premiums
40 for a credit change order.
h. On any change in the contract price that involves a credit.
the amount of the credit will not include an overhead and
am profit factor, however, the credit will include a 25Z amount
in item d applied to the value of the labor deleted.
8.3.2 The method provided in Subparagraph, 8. 3. 1, for compensating the
Contractor and Subcontractors for changes in the Work, shall be considered to
adequately compensate the Contractor and Subcontractors for any and all costs
directly, indirectly, or consequentially related to, or caused by, such change
in the work.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
19 OF 50
7.2.3 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the
Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of
the Owner or separate contractors.
ARTICLE 8
CHANGES IN THE WORK
a1 CHANGES - DEFINMONS
8.1.1 All changes in the work, including any increase, decrease, or other
equitable adjustment in the Contract price or in the time for performing the
Contract , shall be authorized in the form of one, or a combination of, the
so following written instruments: Change Order, Construction Change Directive,
or a Minor Change in the Work. The term "equitable adjustment' as used in
this paragraph shall include all adjustments to the Contract price or time to
so which the Contractor is entitled pursuant to M.G.L. c.30 sec.39N and 390 and
such equitable adjustment shall be made in accordance with the provisions of
this Article.
8.1.2 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and
signed by the Owner, Department, Contractor, and Architect, stating their
agreement regarding a change in the work, including a change in the Contract
price or time.
8.1.3 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the
Architect and signed by the Owner, Architect , and Department, directing a
change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the
Contract Sum, or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may, by Construction
Change Directive, and without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the
w Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions ,
deletions or other revisions , the Contract Sum and Contract Time being
adjusted accordingly.
on 8.1.4 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner,
Contractor , Architect, and Department; a Construction Change Directive
requires agreement by the Owner, Architect, and the Department, and may or may
not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a Minor Change in the Work
may be issued by the Architect with the concurrence of the Construction
Advisor.
8.1.5 Change Orders and Construction Change Directives must be counter-
signed by the Administrator in accordance with Subparagraph 3 . 3.1. to be
effective.
8.2 REOUEST FOR A CHANGE IN THE WORK
8.2.1 A change order request shall be in writing and may originate with
the Owner, the Department, the Architect or the Contractor. If such a request
would cause a change in the Contract price, the Contractor shall promptly
submit to the Architect its cost and pricing data for such proposed change.
�. Such data shall be accurate , current and complete at the time of submission
and shall be computed in accordance with Subparagraph 8.3.1.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
18 OF 50
ON
go 6.2 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS
6.2.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by
00 the Contractor to the Owner provided that:
.1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by
the Owner for cause pursuant to Paragraph 19 . 1 and only for those
subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the
Subcontractor in writing; and
.2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any,
obligated under bond relating to the Contract.
ARTICLE 7
air
CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
oft
7.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION
AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS
7.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations
related to the Project with the Owner' s own forces , and to award separate
contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other
*a construction or operations on the site. If the Contractor claims that delay
or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the
Contractor shall make such claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
7.1.2 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the
Owner' s own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the
Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate
with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing and coordinating
their construction schedules with one another when directed to do so.
72 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
7.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors
reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and
equipment and performance of their activities and shall connect and coordinate
the Contractor 's construction and operations with theirs as required by the
"a Contract Documents.
7.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or
results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor,
the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work,
promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such
other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution
and results . Failure of the Contractor to so report shall constitute an
acknowledgement that the Owner ' s or separate contractors ' completed or
partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's
Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable.
40
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
17 OF SO
40,
5.3.8 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Owner may y provide one or more
project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect ' s
responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of
authority of such project representatives shall be as described in the
Construction Handbook and explained at the pre-construction conference.
5.3.9 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning
` performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written
request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's written response
to such requests will be made within the thirty day time limit prescribed in
Paragraph 8.6.3.
5.3.10 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect
will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract
Documents.
5.4 PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES
5.4.1 The Department ' s procedures , forms , and practices which must be
employed on the Project are described in the Construction Handbook, and will
be explained at the pre-construction conference.
5.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
5.5.1 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall meet in
conference with representatives of the Owner, Department, and Architect to
discuss and develop mutual understandings relative to administration of the
quality assurance program, safety program, labor provisions, the schedule of
work, and other Contract procedures.
ARTICLE 6
SUBCONTRACTORS
s.1 DEFINMON
6.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with
the Contractor to perform a portion of the work at the site.
6.1.2 The Contractor shall require each subcontractor to be bound to the
Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the
as Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor
assumes toward the Owner and the Architect.
6.1.3 Subcontracts between the Contractor and a filed sub-bidder shall be
in the form required by M.G.L c.149 sec.44F.
4r
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
16 OF 50
qo
04 52 COMMUNICATIONS FACILrrATING CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
5.2.1 Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when
direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor
shall communicate through the Architect. Communications by and with the
Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and
with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor.
Ob Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner.
5.3 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
5.3.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as
described in the Contract Documents, and will be the Owner ' s representative
(1 ) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the
Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the guaranty period described in
Article 11. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner.
" 5.3.2 The Architect will regularly visit the site, conduct job meetings,
and keep the Owner informed of the progress and quality of the Work, and will
endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. The
Architect ' s minutes of meetings shall be the official minutes kept on the
Project.
5.3.3 Based on the Architect ' s observations and evaluations of the
Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify
the amounts due the Contractor and will submit to the Authority and the
Department for their consideration Certificates for Payment in such amounts as
the Architect determines appropriate.
5.3.4 The Architect shall reject Work which does not conform to the
Contract Documents . Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or
advisable to achieve the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will
have authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in
accordance with Paragraph 4.8.
5.3.5 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate
action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings , Product Data
and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking such submittals for
conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents . This review
shall be in accordance with the provisions of Subparagraph 4 .6.3 and the
procedures described in Section 1D of the Specifications.
5.3.6 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change
Directives , and may authorize Minor Changes in the Work as provided in
Paragraph 8.1.
5.3.7 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or
dates of Substantial Completion and the date of Final Completion, will receive
„ ► and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review and records written warranties
and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the
Contractor , and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon the
yaw
Contractor's compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
our
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
15 OF 50
4.20.3 The Contractor must comply w Dig-Safe 1 with Di g_
Laws . Di Safe is the
Utility Underground Plant Damage Prevention System, 111 South Bedford Road,
Burlington, MA 01803, 1-800-322-4844. The Contractor must notify Dig-Safe of
contemplated excavation, demolition, or explosive work in public or private
ways , and in any utility company right of way or easement, by certified mail,
with a copy to Department of Environmental Quality Engineering -DEQE. This
notice must be given at least 72 hours prior to the work, but not more than
sixty days before the work is to be done. Such notice shall state the name of
the street or the route number of the way and an accurate description of the
location and nature of the proposed work. Dig-Safe is required to respond to
the notice within 72 hours of receipt by designating the location of pipes,
mains , wires or conduits at the site. The Contractor shall not commence work
until Dig-Safe has responded. The work shall be performed in such manner and
with reasonable precautions taken to avoid damage to utilities under the
surface at the work location. The Contractor shall provide the Superintendent
with current Dig-Safe regulations , and a copy of M.G.L. c .82 sec-40. Any
costs related to the services performed by Dig-Safe shall be borne by the
ON Contractor.
4.20.4 This project is subject to compliance with Public Law 92-596
"Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970" (OSHA) , with respect to all rules
and regulations pertaining to construction, U.S. Code Title 29, sections 651
et seq. including Volume 36, numbers 75 and 105 , of the Federal Register as
amended, and as published by the U.S. Department of Labor.
4.20.5 If this Project requires the containment or removal of asbestos or
material containing asbestos, the Contractor shall ensure that the person or
company performing the asbestos related services is licensed pursuant to
applicable state laws and regulations.
4.21 ACCESS TO WORK
4.21.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the
Work at all times and shall cooperate with the Owner whenever the Owner
invites visitors to the site.
ARTICLE 5
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
5.1 ARCHRECT
5.1.1 The Architect is the person or entity licensed to practice
architecture or engineering, responsible for performing the duties assigned to
the Architect by the Contract Documents.
+�w
am
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
14 OF 50
40
4.17.4 Chemical Waste : Chemical waste shall be stored in corrosion
resistant containers, removed from the Project site, and disposed of not less
frequently than monthly unless directed otherwise. Disposal of chemical waste
rr shall be in accordance with requirements of the Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) and the Department of Environmental Quality Engineering (DEQE) .
Fueling and lubricating of vehicles and equipment shall be conducted in a
0 manner that affords the maximum protection against spills and evaporation.
Lubricants to be discarded or burned shall be disposed of in accordance with
approved procedures meeting all applicable Federal , State and local
regulations. In the event of an oil or hazardous materials spill large enough
to violate Federal, State , or applicable local regulations , the Architect
shall be notified immediately. The Contractor shall be responsible for
immediately cleaning up any oil or hazardous waste spills resulting from his
operations . Any costs incurred in cleaning up any such spills shall be borne
by the Contractor.
4.18 SITE AND WEATHER PROTECTION
4.18.1 The Contractor shall take precaution during the execution of work
involving demolition not to disturb or damage any existing structures ,
landscaping, walks, roads , or other items scheduled to remain. The Contractor
shall restore any damaged items to original condition and as directed by the
Architect. The Contractor shall provide and erect acceptable barricades ,
fences , signs, and other traffic devices to protect the work from traffic and
the public as reasonably necessary and as required by the Massachusetts
Building Code.
4.18.2 The Contractor shall install weather protection and provide adequate
heat in the protected area from November 1 to March 31 as required by M.G.L.
c.149 sec.44G.
4.19 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL RESOURCES
4.19.1 All items having any apparent historical or archaeological interest
which are discovered in the course of any construction activities shall be
carefully preserved and reported immediately to the Architect for
determination of appropriate actions to be taken.
go 4.20 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
4.20.1 The Contractor must comply with all safety laws and regulations of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts , the United States Government and local
government agencies applicable to work performed under this Contract.
4.20.2 If the Contractor uses or stores toxic or hazardous substances he is
subject to M.G.L. c . 111F sec.2, the "Right to Know" law and regulations
promulgated by the Department of Public Health, 105 CMR 670, the Department of
Environmental Quality Engineering, 310 CMR 33, and the Department of Labor and
Industries, 441 CMR 21; and must post a Workplace Notice obtainable from the
Department of Labor and Industries.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
13 OF 50
415 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE
4.15.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the use and
information of the Owner, one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications,
Addenda, Change Orders, and other Contract Modifications , in good order and
marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction,
and in addition approved Shop Drawings , Product Data, Samples , updated
construction schedule , and similar required submittals . These shall be
available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for
submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work.
406 PERMITS, FEES, AND NOTICES
4.16.1 The Contractor shall secure and the Authority shall pay for the
building permit and occupancy permit. The Contractor shall coordinate all
efforts required to obtain these permits. All other permits and governmental
fees, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion
of the Work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor.
4.16.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws ,
ordinances , rules , regulations , and lawful orders of public authorities
bearing on performance of the Work.
4.16.3 It is not the Contractor' s responsibility to ascertain that the
am Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws , statutes ,
ordinances , building codes , and rules and regulations . However, if the
Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance
therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in
writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate
Modification.
,ft 4.16.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws ,
statutes , ordinances , building codes, and rules and regulations without such
notice to the Architect and Owner , the Contractor shall assume full
responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable costs.
00
417 DEBRIS, CHEMICAL WASTE
an 4.17.1 The Contractor shall not permit the accumulation of debris, both exterior
and interior, and the work area shall at all times be kept satisfactorily clean.
4.17.2 The Contractor shall remove debris from the site of the work and dispose
Ab of it at any private or public dump that the Contractor may choose. The Contractor
shall make all arrangements and obtain any approvals necessary from the owners or
officials in charge of such dumps and shall bear all cost, including fees resulting
from such disposal. Garbage shall be removed daily.
4.17.3 No open fire shall be permitted on site.
w.
+mac
4W
489 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
12 OF 50
40
4.10 WARRANTY
4.10.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials
and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new
unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the
Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or
permitted , and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the
on Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements , including
substitutions not properly approved and authorized , may be considered
defective . If required by the Architect , the Contractor shall furnish
satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment.
4.11 REJECTION OF DEFECTIVE MATERIALS
4.11.1 The Architect may reject materials if the Architect reasonably
determines that such materials do not conform to the Contract Documents . No
rejected materials , the defects of which have been subsequently corrected,
shall be used in the Work except with the permission of the Architect . No
extra time shall be allowed for completion of the Work due to the rejection of
non-conforming materials.
as 4.12 REJECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK
4.12.1 The Architect ' s inspection of the Work shall not relieve the
4" Contractor of any of its responsibilities to fulfill the Contract obligations,
and defective work shall be corrected. Unsuitable work may be rejected by the
Architect, notwithstanding that such work and materials have been previously
overlooked or misjudged by the Architect and accepted for payment . If the
am Work or any part thereof shall be found defective at any time before the final
acceptance of the whole Work, the Contractor shall forthwith correct such
defect in a manner satisfactory to the Architect, and if any material brought
of upon the site for use in the Work, or selected for the same, shall be rejected
by the Architect as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract
requirements, the Contractor shall forthwith remove such materials from the
vicinity of the Work.
4.13 MATERIALS ATTACHED OR AFFIXED TO THE WORK
4.13.1 Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as vesting in the
Contractor any right of property in the materials used after they have been
attached or affixed to the Work or the soil; but all such materials shall,
upon being so attached or affixed, become the property of the Owner.
4,.14 SALES TAX EXEMPTION AND OTHER TAXES
4.14.1 To the extent that materials and supplies are used or incorporated
in the performance of this Contract, the Contractor is considered an exempt
purchaser under the Massachusetts Sales Act, Chapter 14 of the Acts of 1966.
4.14.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all other taxes and
tariffs of any sort, related to the work.
+ww
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
11 OF 50
4M
4.8 SAMPLES AND TESTS
4.8.1 Materials to be used in the Work may be tested or inspected after
reasonable notice by the Architect and may be rejected if they fail to comply
with specified tests . Except as otherwise provided in the Contract , all
testing of material specifically requested by the Architect will be paid for
by the Owner, except that the cost of testing of materials that fail the
on testing criteria shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor requests
permission to use a material that was not specified in the Contract Documents
and the Architect requires testing of such material before approving its use,
the Contractor shall pay for such testing.
4.8.2 The source of material proposed by the Contractor shall be
designated in time to permit all required testing and inspection before the
material is needed for incorporation into the Work. The Contractor shall have
no claim for delays due to testing if it fails to designate the proposed
source or to order the material in time to provide for adequate testing and
on inspection. Necessary arrangements shall be made to permit the Architect to
make factory, shop, or other inspection of materials or equipment ordered for
the Work, in process of manufacture or fabrication, or in storage elsewhere
than the site of the Work.
m
4.8.3 The Contractor shall furnish the Architect with samples of the
materials it proposes to use in the execution of the work in sufficient time
40 to afford the Architect the opportunity to adequately review and , if
necessary, arrange for testing of such materials.
4.9 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS
40
4.9.1 Materials and equipment shall be progressively delivered to the site
so that there will be neither delay in the progress of the Work nor an undue
No accumulation of materials that are not to be used within a reasonable time.
4.9.2 Materials stored off-site shall be stored at the expense of the
Contractor in a manner that preserves their quality and fitness for the Work.
on Material shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard clean surfaces and
not on the ground and shall be properly protected.
on 4.9.3 If the Contractor requests the Architect's inspection of materials
stored off-site, the Contractor shall assume the Architect's reasonable costs
for travel, room, and meals associated with such inspection.
4.9.4 Materials stored either at the Project site or at some other
location agreed upon in writing shall be located so as to facilitate prompt
inspection and may again be inspected prior to their use in the work.
4.9.5 The Contractor shall take charge of and be liable for any loss of or
injury to the materials delivered at or in the vicinity of the place where the
Work is being done and shall notify the Architect as soon as any such
materials are so delivered and allow them to be examined by the Architect.
4.9.6 Payment for stored materials shall be made in accordance with
Paragraph 10.4.
a�
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
10 OF 50
11 4.7.5 The Contractor shall review, approve , and submit to the Architect
Shop Drawings , Product Data , Samples and similar submittals required by the
Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause
no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate
contractors. Submittals made by the Contractor which are not required by the
Contract Documents may be returned without action. The Contractor's attention
is directed to the provisions of Subparagraph 4 . 6 . 3 entitled "Or Equal"
am Submissions/Substitutions and Section 1D of the Specifications.
4.7.6 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect' s
on approval , a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's
construction schedule submitted pursuant to Paragraph 9 . 4 , and allows the
Architect reasonable time to review submittals.
ON 4.7.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring
submittal and review of Shop Drawings , Product Data , Samples or similar
submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect .
so Such Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals.
4.7.8 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and
similar submittals , the Contractor represents that the Contractor has
,o determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction
criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the
information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work
and of the Contract Documents.
00
4.7.9 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for
deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's
, approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless
the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such
deviation at the time of submittal and the Architect has given written
approval to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of
responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples
or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof.
40 4.7.10 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on
resubmitted Shop Drawings , Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to
revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals.
as 4.7.11 Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to
take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents.
on 4.7.12 When professional certification of performance criteria of
materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents , the
Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such
AN calculations and certifications.
ww
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
9 OF 50
wa
4.6.3 `OR EQUAL' SUBMISSIONS/SUBSITrtMONS
4.6.3.1 Except where a product has been specified as a proprietary material,
the words "or equal" are understood to follow the name of any maker , vendor ,
or product specified to be used in the Contract Documents. To determine if
the materials or articles proposed by the Contractor are equal to those
specified, the Architect shall determine whether the materials or articles
proposed are at least equal in quality, durability, appearance , strength and
design to the material or articles named or described, and will perform at
least equally the functions imposed by the design. See M.G.L. c.30 sec.39M.
ws
4.6.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing the Architect with
any information and test results the Architect reasonably requires to
determine if a material is equal to a material named or described in the
Contract Documents.
4_6.3.3 Whenever the Contractor submits a material for approval as a
substitute for a material named or described in the Contract Documents , such
submission shall be made at least one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to
the date the materials will be used on the project . In no event shall the
am Contractor maintain a claim for delays based upon the Architect's review of
such substituted materials if the Contractor has failed to comply with the one
hundred and twenty (120) days submission requirement.
an 4.7 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
4.7.1 Shop Drawings are drawings , diagrams , schedules , and other data
am specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a subcontractor, sub-
subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some
portion of the Work.
MR 4.7.2 Product Data are illustrations , standard schedules , performance
charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by
the Contractor or its subcontractors and suppliers to illustrate materials or
40 equipment for some portion of the Work.
4.7.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment,
or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged.
40
4.7.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not
Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for
4W those portions of the Work for which submittals are required the way the
Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept
expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to
am the limitations of Subparagraph 4.7.9.
+w.
a�
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
8 OF 50
+0
4A 4.4 SUPERINTENDENT
4.4.1 The Contractor shall employ a Superintendent and necessary
assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance
of the Work. The Superintendent shall represent the Contractor , and
communications given to the Superintendent shall be as binding as if given to
the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing.
Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each
case. The Superintendent shall attend each job meeting.
4.4.2 The Superintendent shall be a competent and responsible employee,
satisfactory to the Owner, who is regularly employed by the Contractor and is
designated by the Contractor as its representative to be in full time
attendance at the Project site throughout the construction of the Work. The
Superintendent shall be responsible for coordinating all the Work of the
Contractor and the subcontractors . The Superintendent shall be licensed
consistent with the Massachusetts Building Code. The Superintendent's resume
shall be submitted to the Owner prior to commencement of construction and must
demonstrate to the Owner's reasonable satisfaction that the Superintendent has
performed similar duties on previous construction projects similar to the
Project.
4.S LABOR
4.5.1 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among
the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The
Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled
in tasks assigned to them, and whenever the Owner shall notify the Contractor,
in writing, that any worker is , in its opinion. incompetent, unfaithful,
disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such employee shall be discharged
from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Project except with the
consent of the Owner.
4.6 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
u 4.6.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor
shall provide and pay for materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment
and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities
and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work,
whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be
incorporated in the Work.
4.6.2 Materials and Equipment to be installed as part of the Contract
(both or either of which are hereinafter referred to as "Materials" ) shall be
new, unused, of recent manufacture, assembled, and used in accordance with the
best construction practices.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
7 OF 50
4L3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES,
COORDINATION, AND CUTTING AND PATCHING
4.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the
Contractor ' s best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely
responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques,
sequences and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work under
the Contract.
4.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of all
Ab work and the coordination of the operations of all trades, subcontractors or
materialmen engaged upon the Work.
4.3.3 All necessary cutting, coring, drilling, grouting, and patching
required to fit together the several parts of the Work shall be done by the
Contractor, except as may be specifically noted otherwise under any particular
filed sub-bid section of the Specifications.
an
4.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and
omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and
employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work.
so
4.3.5 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of
Work already performed under this Contract to determine that such portions are
in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.
4.3.6 The Contractor shall do engineering required for establishing
grades, lines , levels , dimensions , layouts , and reference points for the
trades ; shall be responsible for maintaining bench marks and other survey
marks; and shall replace any bench marks or survey marks which have been
disturbed or destroyed.
4.3.7 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, or directed in
writing by the Architect, Work shall be done during regular working hours.
However, if the Contractor desires to carry on the Work outside of regular
working hours or on Saturdays , Sundays , or Massachusetts holidays it shall
allow ample time to enable satisfactory arrangements to be made for inspecting
Work in progress and shall bear the costs of such inspection. The Owner shall
bill the Contractor directly for such costs.
4.3.8. Work done outside of regular working hours without the consent or
knowledge of the Architect shall be subject to additional inspection and
4W testing as directed by the Architect. The cost of this inspection and testing
shall be paid by the Contractor whether the Work is found to be acceptable or
not.
4189 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
6 OF 50
3.3.3 Work undertaken by the Contractor or a Subcontractor at the Owner's
or other person's order without the Administrator's countersignature prior to
the start of such work shall be considered unauthorized work and shall not be
considered cause for extra payment. The Contractor or Subcontractor shall be
responsible for performing, at their own expense, corrective measures required
by the Architect due to any failure to obtain the prior approval of the
Department pursuant to Subparagraph 3.3.1.
3.3.4 The Department and its authorized representatives and agents shall
at all times have access to, and be permitted to observe and review all Work,
materials, payrolls, records of personnel, conditions of employment, invoices
46 of materials, and other relevant data and records maintained by the Contractor
on the Project.
ARTICLE 4
CONTRACTOR
4.1 DEFINITION
4.1.1 The Contractor, sometimes referred to as the General Contractor, is
the person or entity identified as such throughout the Contract Documents as
if singular in number. The term Contractor means the Contractor or its
authorized representative.
4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENT'S
AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR
w
4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract
Documents with each other and with information furnished by the Owner pursuant
to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to the Architect errors ,
inconsistencies, or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not be liable
to the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies,
or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such
error , inconsistency, or omission and knowingly failed to notify the
Architect. If the Contractor performs any construction activity knowing it
involves a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract
Documents without such notice to the Architect , the Contractor shall assume
*A appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall bear an appropriate
amount of the attributable costs for correction.
4.2.2 The Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field
conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions
and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents
before commencing activities. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered
shall be reported to the Architect at once.
4.2.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents and submittals approved pursuant to Paragraph 4.7.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
5 OF 50
ARTICLE 3
DEPARTMENT
3.1 DEFINITIONS
3.1.1 The term "Department" means the Department of Community Affairs
within the Executive Office of Communities and Development.
am 3.1.2 The term "Administrator" means the person appointed by the
Department to administer the terms of the Contract between the Owner and the
Department , who is also empowered to take certain actions under this
Agreement. Contractor should address mail to the Administrator c/o the Office
of Construction Services.
3.1.3 The term "Construction Advisor" means the person designated by the
Administrator to assist the Administrator. The duties, responsibilities and
limitations of the Construction Advisor' s authority are described in the
Construction Handbook.
dw 3.2 PROJECT FUNDING
3.2.1 The Work under this Contract is funded by the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts through the Department pursuant to a contract for financial
assistance between the Department and the Owner.
on 3.3 DEPAR 1MENT'S RESPONSIBILITIES
3.3.1 The Contractor is advised that various actions taken or decisions
made by the Owner and/or the Architect under this Contract, require the prior
M approval and counter-signature of the Administrator. Those actions or
decisions include, but are not limited to, the following:
.1 Approval, substitutions, and final selection of Sub-Bidders pursuant
to M.G.L. c.149 sec.44F
.2 Change Orders and Construction Change Directives , whether or not
they affect a change in the Contract Sum or in the Contract Time.
.3 Written orders, notices, and approvals given by the Owner pursuant
to the Contract Documents or pursuant to any Laws applicable to this
Contract, including approval of the Contractor's payment requests.
.4 Approval of "or equal" submissions and substitutions pursuant to
Subparagraph 4.6.3.
.5 Stop Work order.
.6 Certificate of Substantial Completion.
.7 Final payment.
.8 Termination of Contract.
3.3.2 In any instance where the Contractor requires clarification as to
whose approval is required, the Architect shall provide such clarification.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
4 OF 50
4M
40
ARTICLE 2
40 OWNER
40 2.1 DEFINITION
2.1.1 The term " Owner" sometimes also referred to as the "Awarding
Authority" or "Authority" means the Housing Authority identified in the Owner-
" Contractor Agreement , organized and existing under the provisions of M.G.L.
c.121B.
22 INFORMATION AND SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER
2.2.1 The Owner will furnish to the Contractor , free of charge , a
reasonable number of copies of the Contract Documents for the execution of the
Work, including a set for record purposes. In addition, the Owner , through
the Architect, will furnish to the Contractor a reproducible transparency and
one black line print of detail and clarification drawings issued after the
Contract has been awarded. The Contractor shall provide and distribute such
number of prints of these transparencies as required for the Contractor ' s and
Subcontractors' use.
2.2.2 The Owner shall furnish available surveys describing physical
characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the
Project, and a legal description of the site.
2-3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance
with the requirements of the Contract Documents or persistently fails to carry
out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner by written
order signed personally or by its authorized agent, may order the Contractor
to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has
been eliminated.
2.3.2 Stop work orders require the Administrator's prior approval. (See
Subparagraph 3.1.2)
2-4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK
2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period
after receipt of written notice from the Architect at the Owner's direction
to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence
and promptness , the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner
may have, hire one or more contractors to correct such deficiencies.
2.4.2 In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting
from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting
such deficiencies , including compensation for the Architect' s additional
w. services and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. If
payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover
such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
on 4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
3 OF 50
oft
40 1
1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS
The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of
the written requirements for materials , equipment, construction systems,
standards, and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services.
1.1.7 THE CONSTRUC H:)N HANDBOOK
The Construction Handbook, A Guide for State-Aided Housing Development and
Modernization is published by and available, free of charge , from the
Department . It outlines the procedures that the Contractor, Authority,
Architect, and Department shall follow during the construction of the Work.
The most recent version of the Construction Handbook is incorporated by
reference into the Contract Documents.
Ak
12 EXECUTION, CORRELATION, AND INTENT
1.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that
the Contractor has visited the site , become familiar with local conditions
under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations
with requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.2.2 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items
necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the
Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by
am one shall be as binding as if required by all. Performance by the Contractor
shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents
and reasonably inferable..from .them_,as.,bg,ng necessary to produce the intended
wo results . In case of inconsistent requirements in the Contract Documents, the
requirement for the greater quantity or higher quality shall take precedence
and shall be the Contract requirement.
1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have
well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the
Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.
sw
1.2.4 Where reference is made to standards or trade association
publications , it shall be considered to refer to the latest edition and
revision thereof , if any, in effect on the date the Contract Documents were
advertised for bid.
1.3 USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND OTHER DOCUMENTS
w�
1.3.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the
Architect, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely
with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or
any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, or material or equipment supplier on
other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work
without the specific written consent of the Owner, the Architect, and the
«� Department.
as
air 4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
2 OF 50
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ARTICLE 1
AW
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS
A% 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contractor Agreement ,
'"
Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders , Bidding Documents , Contract Forms ,
Conditions of the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, all addenda issued prior
to execution of the Contract, and other documents listed in the Agreement and
Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a
," written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order ,
( 3 ) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change
in the Work issued by the Architect.
1.12 THE CONTRACT
The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract
represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and
supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements , either written
or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification.
1.1.3 THE WORK
The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract
Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other
labor, materials , equipment, and services provided or to be provided by the
Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute
the whole or a part of the Project.
1.1.4 THE PROJECT
The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the
Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include
construction by the Owner or by separate contractors.
1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS
The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents,
wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and
dimensions of the Work, generally including plans , elevations, sections,
details, schedules, and diagrams.
4/89 EOCD GENERAL CONDITIONS
1 OF 50
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE PAGE
1 . GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 .
2 . OWNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .
3 . DEPARTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 .
4 . CONTRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 .
5 . ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 .
6 . SUBCONTRACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 .
7 . CONSTRUCTION BY OMMER BY SEPARATE CONTRACT . 17 .
8 . CHANGES IN THE MIORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 .
9 . TIME , SCHEDULE , & COMPLETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 .
10 . PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 .
11 . GUARANTEES & WARRANTEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 .
12 . MISC . LEGAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 .
13 . CONTRACTOR ' S ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . 34 .
14 . EEO REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 .
15 . MBE - WBE REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 .
16 . INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 .
17 . INDEMNIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 .
18 . BONDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 .
19 . TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 .
GENERAL CONDITIONS
4/89 EOCD TOC
®w
�w
ESTIMATED PROGRESS PAYMENTS SCHEDULE
CONTRACTOR:
HOUSING AUTHORITY PROJ #
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
m�
CONTRACTURAL CALENDAR DAYS FOR COMPLETION:
do
MONTH AMOUNT MONTH AMOUNT
1. 13.
2. 14.
3. 15.
4. 16.
5. 17.
6. 18.
w�
7. 19.
8• 20.
9. 21.
10. 22.
11. 23.
12. 24.
PAYMENT TOTAL: $
«r (_Equals Contract Amount)
NOTE: The length of pay period should not exceed the number of calendar
so
days allowed by the contract documents.
(Prepared by) (Signature)
so
(Date)
Estimated Progress Payments Schedule
6/89 EOCD-MOD Page 1 of 1
Payment Bond
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Executive Office of Communities and Development
Know All Men By These Presents:
That we,
.ew as Principal, and
as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the
Housing Authority, as Obligee,in the sum of dollars(S )
to be paid to the Obligee,for which payments,well and truly to be made,we bind ourselves,our respective heirs, executors,
administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents.
Whereas, the said Principal has made a contract with the Obligee,bearing the date of 19_,
for the construction of in
Massachusetts. (Project Title)
Now, the conditions of this obligation are such that if the Principal and all sub-contractors under said contract shall
on pay for all labor performed or furnished and for all materials used or employed in said contract and in any and all duly
authorized modifications,alterations,extensions of time,changes or additions to said contract that may hereafter be made,
notice to the surety of such modifications, alterations, extensions of time,changes or additions being hereby waived,the
00, foregoing to include any other purposes or items set out in,and to be subject to,provisions of M.G.L.c.30 sec.39A,and
M.G.L.c. 149 sec.29,as amended,then this obligation shall become null and void;otherwise it shall remain in full force and
virtue.
In Witness Whereof, the Principal and Surety have hereto set their hands and seals this day of
19
PRINCIPAL SURETY
By BY
(Seal) (Attorney-in-Fact) (Seal)
(Title)
low Attest: Attest:
a�
6 489 EOCD Form of Payment Bond
nOD 1 of 1
4
o„ Performance Bond
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Executive Office of Communities and Development
Know All Men By'Ibese Presents:
That we, as Principal, and
40 as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the
Housing Authority, as Obligee,in the sum of
dollars(S ) to be paid to the Obligee,for which
payments well and truly to be made,we bind ourselves,our respective heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,
jointly and severally,firmly by these presents.
Whereas, the said Principal has made a contract with the Obligee,bearing the date of 19—
for the construction of in
Massachusetts. (Project Title)
Now, the condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal and all Sub-contractors under said contract shall well
and truly keep and perform all the undertakings,covenants,agreements,terms and conditions of said contract on its part to be
kept and performed during the original term of said contract and any extensions thereof that may be granted by the Obligee,
with or without notice to the Surety, and during the life and any guarantee required under the contract,and shall also well
and truly keep and perform all the undertakings,covenants,agreements,terms and conditions of any and all duly authorized,
40 modifications,alterations,changes or additions to said contract that may hereafter be made,notice to the Surety of such
modifications,alterations,changes or additions being hereby waived,then this obligation shall become null and void;
otherwise,it shall remain in full force and virtue.
In the event, that the contract is abandoned by the Principal, or in the event that the Obligee,under the provisions of
Article 19 of the General Conditions of said contract terminates the employment of the Principal or the authority of the
Principal to continue the work,said Surety hereby further agrees that said Surety shall,if requested in writing by the
Obligee, take such action as is necessary to complete said contract.
In Witness Whereof, the Principal and Surety have hereto set their hands and seals this day of
a� 19 .
PRINCIPAL SURETY
me
A
By (Seal) By (Attorney-in-Pact) (Seal)
(Title)
Attest: Attest:
as
am
Ow 6 /89 EOCD Form of Performance Bond
MOD 1 of 1
Form of Contractor's Equal Employment Certification
This form must be completed and submitted by the Contractor prior to the
signing of the Owner/Contractor Agreement.
(Name and Address of Contractor)
certifies that it:
1. Intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work
under this contract:
2. Will comply with the minority manpower ration and specific affirmative
action steps contained herein; and,
3. Will obtain from each of its sub-contractors and submit to the Authority
prior to the award of any sub-contract under this contract the sub-
contractors certification.
0■
(Signature of authorized representative or contractor)
on
(Date) (Name and Title)
40
04
#w
Form of Contractor's Equal Employment Certification
6/89 EOCD-MOD Page 1 of 1
Certificate of Dote of Authorization
19
I hereby certify that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the
duly called and held at on the
day of 19 at which a quorum was present and
am acting, it voted that of the
be and hereby is authorized to
execute and deliver for and in behalf of the Corporation a Contract with the
Housing Authority, for the construction of
State-Aided Housing Project No. in the City/Town of
am and as Principal to execute a Performance and Payment
Bond in connection therewith, which Contract and Bond were presented to and
so made a part of the records of said meeting. I further certify that
is duly qualified and acting
of the Corporation and that said vote has not been repealed, rescinded, or
amended.
A true copy of the record,
! ATTEST:
MM
(Corporate Seal)
an Subscribed and sworn to this day of before me.
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:
00
as Certificate of Vote of Authorization
6189 EOCD-MOD Page 1 of 1
AN
Article 4. 'Ile Contract Documents: The following,together with this Agreement form the Contract and all are as fully a
part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein:The Advertisement,Bidding Documents,Contract
Forms,Conditions of the Contract,and Specifications as enumerated in the Table of Contents;the Drawings as enumerated
in the List of Contract Drawings;EOCD publication known as the Construction Handbook;and all Modifications issued
after execution of the Contract. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall
have the meanings designated in those Conditions.
Article 5. Alternates: The following Alternates have been accepted and their costs are included in the Contract Sum stated
in Article 3 of this Agreement:
on Alternate No(s): and
Article 6. REAP Certification: Pursuant to M.G.L.,c.62(c),sec.49(a),the individual signing this Contract on behalf
of the Contractor,hereby certifies,under the penalities of perjury,that to the best of his/her knowledge and belief
the Contractor has complied with any and all applicable state tax laws.
Article 7. Validation: This Contract will not be valid until signed by the Secretary,Department of Community Affairs.
am In Witness Whereof, the Parties Hereto Have Caused This Instrument to be Executed Under Seal.
* CONTRACTOR AWARDING AUTHORITY
(Name of Contractor) (Name of Housing Authority)
(Address) By: (Name and Seal)
By- (Name and Seal) (Title)
Witness: Attest:
' If a corporation,attach a notarized copy of the DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AFFAIRS
corporate vote authorizing the signatory to sign Contract. In accordance with Chapter 121,General Laws and
Revisions thereto.
Secretary
Date
MAIN
6/89 EOCD Owner-Contractor Agreement
MOD 2of2
An
Owner—Contractor Agreement
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Executive Office of Communities and Development
This Agreement,made this day of , 19 ,by and between the
Housing Authority,hereinafter called the"Owner",and
hereinafter called the"Contractor",
litnesseth, that the Owner and the Contractor,for the consideration hereinunder named,agree as follows:
Article 1. Scope of Work: The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for
prepared by acting as,and referred to in these
Contract Documents as the"Architect".
Article 2. 11me of Completion: The Contractor shall commence work under this Contract on the date specified in the
written"Notice to Proceed"of the Owner and shall bring the work to Substantial Completion within calendar
AM days of said date. Damages for delays in the performance of the Work shall be in accordance with Article 9 of the
Conditions of the Contract.
am Article 3. Contract Sum: The Owner shall pay in current funds the Contractor for the performance of the Work,
subject to additions and deductions by Change Order of the Contract Sum of
dollars(S ).
The Contract Sum is subdivided as follows:
Item 1. The Work of the Contractor,being all Work other than that covered by
Item2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S
awn
Item 2: Subcontractors as follows:
Section-Trade Subcontractor Amount
1. $
2. S
3. $
4• S
s. $
6. $
7• S
8. S
9. $
10. S
11. $
12. $
13. $
14. $
15. S
�. 16. S
Total of Item 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
40
6 189 EOCD Owner-Contractor Agreement
MOD 1 of 2
4N
LETTER OF INTENT
SOWMBA CERTIFIED ENTERPRISE
This form is provided for SOWMBA Certified Enterprises (SCEs) who are
being utilized as MBEs and WBEs on this development.
This form must be completed by each SOWMBA Certified Enterprise and
submitted by the bidder using the SCE. General Bidders or filed sub-
bidders that are SCE's may omit this form.
TO:
(Name and Address of General Bidder)
40
FROH:
(Na-e and Address of HBEJWBE)
po
RE: State-Aided Project
(Name of Housing Authority and Project Number)
1. My company intends to perform work in connection with the above-
project as:
an individual a corporation a partnership
a joint venture with
other (explain)
2. My company has been certified by SOWMBA as a (indicate
"MBE" or "WBE") and has not changed its ownership, control, or
management in any ways to affect certification.
3. My company understands that if your company is awarded the contract,
your company intends to enter into an agreement to perform the work
described below for the price indicated. My Company also
understands that your Company will make substitutions only as
allowed by Article 15 of the General Conditions for the above
rs
project.
4. My company intends to (Brief description of work)
for a total amount of dollars ($ )
+ (Authorized Signature of SCE)
Date:
(Name and Title)
Form of Letter of Intent
6189 EOCD-MOD Page 1 of 1
SOWHEA CERTIFIED ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION SCHEDULE
This form must be submitted by the apparent low general bidder within five
(5) working days of receipt of bids. This form may also be submitted by filed
sub-bidders who are SOWMBA certified MBEs or WBEs or who intend to sub-sub-
contract with a SOWMBA certified MBE or WBE. Letters of Intent from all SCEs
listed must be submitted with this Participation Schedule.
State-Aided Project ,
(Number) (City/Town)
The undersigned intends to sub-contract with the following firms for the
listed work and dollar amounts:
(S or M)
Description MBE or Supplier Dollar Value of
Company of Work WBE Manufacturer Participation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Dollar Value of MBE Commitment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Dollar Value of WBE Commitment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Total Dollar Value of MBE and WBE Commitment. . . . . . . . . . . . . $
(Name of General Contractor)
(Authorized Signature)
�w
(Address)
+mm
(City, State, & Zip Code)
+m
Form of Participation Schedule
6/89 EOCD-MOD Page 1 of 1
0
performance and payment bonds furnished by sub-bidders as requested herein
and that all of the cost of all such premiums is included in the amount set
forth in Item 1 of this bid.
40 The undersigned agrees that if selected as general contractor, they
will promptly confer with the awarding authority on the question of sub-
bidders; and that the awarding authority may substitute for any sub-bid
listed above a sub-bid filed with the awarding authority by another sub-
bidder for the sub-trade against whose standing and ability the undersigned
makes no objection; and that the undersigned will use all such finally
40 selected sub-bidders at the amounts named in their respective sub-bids and
be in every way as responsible for them and their work as if they had been
originally named in this general bid, the total contract price being
adjusted to conform thereto.
E. The undersigned agrees that, if selected as general contractor, we
will within five days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded,
after presentation thereof by the awarding authority, execute a contract in
accordance with the terms of this bid and furnish a performance bond and
also a labor and materials or payment bond, each of a surety company
qualified to do business under the laws of the commonwealth and satisfactory
to the awarding authority and each in the sum of the contract price, the
premiums for which are to be paid by the general contractor and are included
in the contract price.
O
The undersigned hereby certifies that they are able to furnish labor
that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be
employed on the work and that thty will comply fully with all laws and
regulations applicable to awards made subject to section forty-four A.
The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that
this bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or
fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the work 'person'
shall mean natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other
business or legal entity.
(Bane of General Bidder)
m, BY:
(Name & Title of person signing bid)
00 (Business Address)
,m Date: (City and State)
Note: If the bidder is a corporation, indicate state of incorporation
under signature, and affix corporate seal; if a partnership. give full names
and residential addresses if different from business addresses.
6189 EOCD FORM OF GENERAL BID
MOD 2OF2
Ob
FORM FOR GEFEBAL BID
TO THE AWAR AUTHORITY
A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required
for NORTHAMPTON HOUSING AUTHORITY in Northampton
(NAME) (City or Town)
Massachusetts in accordance with the Contract Documents prepared by Alderman &
MacNeish , for the contract price specified below, subject to
(Architect/Engineer)
additions and deductions according to the terms of the specifications.
B. This bid includes addenda number(s)
C. The proposed contract price is
dollars ($ ) .
For Alternate No. Add $ Subtract $
No. $ $
No. S S
No. $ S
No. $ $
No. $ S
(Each alternate shall be listed separately)
D. The subdivision of the proposed contract price is as follows:
ITEM 1. The work of the general, being all work other than that
covered by ITEM 2. $
ITEM 2. Sub-bid as follows:
Sub-trade Name of bidder Amount Bonds Required
YES or NO
TOTAL OF ITEM 2......................$
The undersigned agrees that each of the above named sub-bidders will
,A be used for the work indicated at the amount stated, unless a substitution
is made. The undersigned further agrees to pay the premiums for the
6/89 EOCD FORM OF GENERAL BID
MOD 1 OF 2
44
Oft
ARTICLE 10 FORMS REQUD= AT CONTRACT APPROVAL
10.1. Upon award, the General Bidder shall complete three (3) originals
of the following forms to ensure prompt contract approval.
10.2. Owner/Contractor Agreement
10.3. Form of Corporate Vote
10.4. Form of Contractor's Equal Employment Certification and Form of
Sub-Contractor's Equal Employment Certification in accordance with
Article 14 of the General Conditions.
10.5. Form of Performance Bond and Form of Payment Bond, submitted on
EOCD's form in accordance with Article 18 of the General
Conditions. The dates on the bonds must coincide with the con-
tract date, and a current Power-of-Attorney must be attached to
each bond.
10.6. Insurance Certificates for the General Contractor and all filed
W sub-contractors must be submitted in accordance with Article 16 of
the General Conditions. Contractors must indicate on Builders'
Risk Insurance if Stored Materials are covered.
se
10.7. Form of Estimated Progress Payment Schedule. This information is
necessary to ensure prompt processing of contract payments.
ON 10.8. Form of Sub-Contract executed and submitted for:
1. Each filed Sub-Contractors.
2. All MBE/WBE's which are non-filed sub-contractors, suppliers,
or manufacturers. (In the case of suppliers or manufacturers,
an invoice may be submitted instead of the Form of Sub-
" "' Contract)
10.9. Statement of Management on Internal Accounting Controls and a
Statement prepared by a CPA expressing an opinion to the state of
Management Controls, as required by MGL c.30,s.39R.
1. Tbis applies to General Contractors; and
w 2. This applies to contracts of $100,000.00 or more.
10.10. The Owner-Contractor Agreement shall not be valid until signed by
An the Secretary of the Executive Office of Communities and
Development/Department of Community Affairs.
END OF SECTION
w ,
Instructions to Bidders
6/89 EOCD-MOD Page 6 of 6
N
7.5. The low bidder will be determined on the basis of the sum of the
base bid and the accepted alternates.
ARTICLE 8 - WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
8.1. Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the time designated for receipt
of bids on written or telegraphic request. Telegraphic withdrawal
of bids must be confirmed over the signature of the Bidders by
written notice post-marked on or before the date and time set for
receipt of bids.
so
8.2. Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for
the receipt of bids.
8.3. No bids shall be withdrawn within thirty days, Saturdays, Sundays,
and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of the general
bids. This applies to the three lowest General Bidders, and the
Sub-bidders they name on their "General Bid Form' and the bids of
the three lowest Sub-Bidders for each sub-trade.
ARTICLE 9 CONTRACT AWARD
9.1. The Awarding Authority reserves the right to waive any infor-
malities in or to reject any or all General Bids if it be in the
public interest to do so.
9.2. The Awarding Authority also reserves the right to reject any sub-
bid if it determines that such sub-bid does not represent the bid
of a person competent to perform the work as specified or if less
than three sub-bids are received for a sub-trade or if bid prices
are not acceptable without further competition.
9.3. The Contract will be awarded to the lowest responsible and
eligible bidder, except in the event of substitution as provided
under MGL c.149, s.44E, 44F, in which case the procedure as re-
quired by said Sections shall govern the award of the Contract.
9.4. As used herein. the term "lowest responsible and eligible bidder"
shall mean the General Bidder whose bid is the lowest of those
Bidders demonstrably possessing the skill, ability, and integrity
necessary for the faithful performance of the work, and who meets
the requirements for Bidders set forth in MG. c.149 s.44A-H and
""" not debarred from bidding under MGL c.149, s.44C; and who shall
certify that they are able to furnish labor that can work in har-
mony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed
w on the work.
9.5. The award of the Contract is subjected to the approval of the
Secretary of the Executive Office of Communities and
Oft Development/Department of Community Affairs.
40
Instructions to Bidders
6/89 EOCD-MOD Page 5 of 6
■
! o BIDDER'S NAME AND BUSINESS ADDRESS
5.7. Date and time for receipt of bids set forth in the Advertisement.
5.8. Timely delivery of a bid at the location designated shall be the
full responsibility of the Bidders.
ARTICLE 6 - UNIT PRICES
6.1. Sub-bidders shall enter on the 'Form for Sub-Bid' at the Schedule
of Unit Prices, the amount to be added or subtracted for the re-
quired unit of work which pertains to the work of that trade. If
the Unit Price does not affect that trade, indicate by using 'N/A'
in the space provided. Do not leave the spaces blank.
6.2. General Bidders shall enter on the 'Form for General Bid' at the
Schedule of Unit Prices, a single amount for each unit price re-
quested which shall consist of the Sub-bidders' amounts and the
amount for work to be performed by the General Contractor.
6.3. Unit Prices quoted shall provide for a variance in quantities
listed of plus or minus fifty percent (50Z) from those listed on
the "Schedule of Unit Prices" .
eye 6.4. The Authority may reject any or all Unit Prices at the time of
award if it deems the Unit Price(s) unreasonable.
6.5. All Unit Prices quoted shall include their pro-rata share of all
VA costs for overhead profit, bond, labor, materials, disposal, and
equipment necessary to completely perform the Work required for
that unit of work.
do
ARTICLE 7 - ALTERNATES
7.1. Each Bidder shall acknowledge Alternates in Section C on the "Form
40 for General Bid'.
7.2. In the event an alternate does not involve a change in the amount
a, of the base bid, the Bidder shall so indicate by using the words
'No Change' or 'N/A' in the space provided for that Alternate. Do
not leave this space blank.
we 7.3. Sub-bidders. shall enter on the 'Form for Sub-Bid' only the amount
of addition'or subtraction necessitated by the Alternate which
pertains to the work of that trade. If the Alternate does not af-
fect that trade, indicate by using the words 'No Change* or 'N/A'
in the space provided for that Alternate. Do not leave this space
blank.
7.4. General bidders shall enter on the "Form for General Bid' a single
amount for each alternate which shall consist of the Sub-bidders'
amounts and the amount for work performed by the General
ww, Contractor.
Instructions to Bidders
6189 EOCD-MOD Page 4 of 6
OR
0
IN 4.4. Addenda will be mailed by the Architect by certified mail, return
receipt requested, to every individual or firm on record as having
taken a set of Contract Documents.
4.5. Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection at the
locations listed in the Advertisement where Contract Documents are
on file.
ARTICLE 5 - PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF BIDS
5.1. Bids shall be submitted on the 'Form for General Bid• or the 'Form
for Sub-Bid', as appropriate, furnished at no cost by the Awarding
Authority. The forms enclosed in the Project Manual shall not be
extracted or used. There shall be no mailing of additional forms
by the Architect.
5.2. All blanks on the bid form shall be filled in by typewriter or
ink.
5.3. Where so indicated on the bid form, sums shall be expressed in
both words and figures. Where there is a discrepancy between the
bid sum expressed in words and the bid sum expressed in figures,
the words shall control.
5.4. Bid Deposits shall be made payable to the housing authority and
shall be either in the form of cash, certified check, treasurer's
or cashier's check, issued by a responsible bank or trust company,
or a bid bond issued by a surety licensed to do business in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts by the Division of Insurance; and
shall be conditioned upon the faithful performance by the
principal of the agreements contained in the bid.
Bid Deposits of the three (3) lowest responsible and eligible
General Bidders and sub-bidders shall be retained until the execu-
tion and delivery of a general contract.
5.5. The sub-bid, including the bid deposit, shall be enclosed in a
sealed envelope with the following plainly marked on the outside:
o SUB-BID SECTION NUMBER
o TRADE
o NAHE OF HOUSING AUTHORITY AND NUMBER
o SUB-BIDDER'S NAME AND BUSINESS ADDRESS
5.6. The General Bid, including the bid deposit, shall be enclosed in a
sealed envelope with the following plainly marked on the outside:
o GENERAL BID FOR:
r o NAME OF HOUSING AUTHORITY AND PROJECT NUMBER
Instructions to Bidders
"" 6/89 EOCD-MOD Page 3 of 6
r
these documents, if deemed to be appropriate and in the public in-
terest to do so. Letters of Intent are not required for filed
sub-contractors.
However, SOWMBA certified filed sub-bidders are required to be
listed on the Participation Schedule. Submit the completed
Participation Schedule and Letters of Intent to the Awarding
Authority and a copy to:
Executive Office of Communities and Development
Bureau of Capital Planner and Modernization/Redevelopment
100 Cambridge Street - Room 1702
Boston, Ma 02202
ATTENTION: MBE/NBE Participation for (project name)
3.4. Failure to submit the required Participation Schedule and Letters
of Intent or failure to meet the percentage of participation
r stated in the Advertisement and as required by Article 15 of the
General Conditions, shall result in rejection of the bid, and the
Bidder will be ineligible for contract award, unless a waiver or
an extension of time has ben granted by the Awarding Authority and
the Department. The next lowest eligible bidder shall be notified
and given five (5) working days to submit the Participation
Schedule and Letters of Intent.
3.5. The Contractor must submit prior to, and as a condition of
Contract approval, signed sub-contracts with all sub-contractors
00 or a purchase order or invoice from material suppliers or manufac-
turers listed on the Participation Schedule.
3.6. Filed sub-bidders are not required to submit a Participation
*4 Schedule. They may, at their option, submit a Letter of Intent
with their bid if they are a SOWMBA certified enterprise. If they
intend to sub-sub work to a SOWMBA certified enterprise, a
rw Participation Schedule and Letter of Intent is required.
ARTICLE 4 - REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION
!M 4.1. Bidders shall promptly notify the Architect of any ambiguity, in-
consistency, or error which they may discover upon examination of
the Contract Documents, the site and local conditions.
go 4.2. Bidders requi;ing clarification or interpretation of the Contract
Documents shall make a written request to the Architect. The
Architect will answer such requests if received seven (7) calendar
•■ days before the date for receipt of the bids.
4.3. Interpretation, correction, or change in the Contract Documents
�. will be made by Addendum which will become part of the Contract
Documents. Neither the Awarding Authority nor the Architect will
be held accountable for any oral instructions.
Instructions to Bidders
on 6189 EOCD-MOD Page 2 of 6
ss
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ARTICLE 1 - BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION
1.1. Each General Bidder or Sub-Bidder (hereinafter called the
•Bidder') by making a bid or sub-bid (hereinafter called 'bid')
represents that:
1. The Bidder has read and understand the Contract Documents, and
the bid is made in accordance therewith.
2. The Bidder has visited the site and is familiar with the local
conditions under which the Work has to be performed.
1.2. Failure to so examine the Contract Documents and site will not
relieve any Bidder from any obligation under the bid as submitted.
ARTICLE 2 - GENERAL BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION
2.1. General bids shall be submitted with the following:
1. A Certificate of Eligibility issued by the Division of Capital
Planning and Operations (DCPO), showing that the Bidder has
been approved to bid on projects the size and nature of this
project; and
2. A Contractor Update Statement, DCPO Form CQ3.
2.2. It is the Bidder's responsibility to obtain the necessary forms
from DCPO and make application in sufficient time for evaluation
of the application and issuance of a Certificate of Eligibility
prior to bid.
2.3. The Contractor Update Statement is not a public record as defined
! in MGL c.4, s.7, and will not be open to public inspection.
ARTICLE 3 - MBE AND WBE PARTICIPATION
3.1. Article 3 only applies to contracts estimated to cost more than
$100,000.00
* 3.2. The minimum percentage that must be contracted with minority-owned
and women-owned businesses is stated in the Advertisement.
3.3. The apparent low bidder must submit the SOWMBA Certified
Enterprise Participation Schedule and Letters of Intent from all
of the firms listed on the Schedule within five (5) working days
after receipt of bids. The Awarding Authority and the Department
*a may, at their discretion, grant an extension of time to submit
Instructions to Bidders
Page 1 of 6
6/89 EOCD-MOD 8
Bidders requesting Contract Documents to be mailed to them shall include
a separate check for $20. 00 per set, payable to the Architect-Engineer,
to cover mail handling costs.
The job site and/or existing buildings will be available for inspection
at 1: 00 P.M. on Thursday, January 17, 1991.
The Contract Documents may be seen, but not removed at:
CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION OF WESTERN MASS.
96-A INDUSTRY AVENUE
SPRINGFIELD, MA
F.W. DODGE CO.
181 PARK AVENUE
WEST SPRINGFIELD, MA
ALDERMAN & MAC NEISH
ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS
594 RIVERDALE ROAD
WEST SPRINGFIELD, MA
George O'Brien,
Executive Director for
Northampton Housing Authority
January 10, 1991 through January 24, 1991 Date
aw
2020 (HHFR)/lmy ADVERTISEMENT
rw. 2
Advertisement
The Northampton Housing Authority, the Awarding Authority, invites
m sealed bids from General Contractors for the Fire Restoration of Unit
19-D at Hampshire Heights, Project Drive in Northampton, Massachusetts,
in accordance with the documents prepared by Alderman & MacNeish,
Architects and Engineers, 594 Riverdale Road, West Springfield,
Massachusetts 01089.
The project consists of demolition and complete restoration of fire
damaged Unit 19-D, as indicated on the Contract Documents.
The work is estimated to cost $100, 000.00.
Bids will be received and publicly opened at Northampton Housing
Authority, 49 Old South Street, Northampton, Massachusetts 01060
General Bids will be received until 2 : 00 P.M. on Thursday, January 31,
_ 1991.
General bidders must be certified by the Division of Capital Planning
and Operations.
General bids shall be accompanied by a bid deposit that is not less than
five percent (5%) of the bid amount and made payable to the Northampton
Housing Authority.
" Filed sub-bids are not required for this project.
Bid Forms and Contract Documents will be available for pickup at
Alderman & MacNeish after 12:00 Noon on Thursday, January 10, 1991.
If mailed, Bids should be sent to Northampton Housing Authority, 49 Old
South Street, Northampton, Massachusetts 01060 and received no later
than the date and time specified above.
Bids are subject to minimum wage rates as required by M.G.L. , c. 149 ,
s.26 to 27D inclusive.
General bidders must agree to contract with minority and women-owned
businesses as certified by the State Office of Minority and Women
Business Assistance (SOMWBA) . The amount of participation which shall
be reserved for such enterprises shall not be less than seventeen
�w percent (17%) of the final contract price, including accepted
alternates, of which at least twelve percent (12%) shall be for minority
business enterprises and five percent (5%) shall be reserved for
women-owned business enterprises.
Contract Documents may be obtained at the Architect's Office upon
deposit of a certified or cashier's check in the amount of $100. 00 (One
Hundred dollars) per set, payable to Alderman & MacNeish. This deposit
will be refunded for up to two sets for general bidders and for one set
for sub-bidders upon return of the sets in good condition within thirty
(30) days of receipt of general bids. Otherwise, the deposit shall
become the property of Alderman & MacNeish.
2020 (HHFR)/lmy ADVERTISEMENT
uri, 1
LIST OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS
FIRE RESTORATION - UNIT 19-D
HAMPSHIRE HEIGHTS
NORTHAMPTON HOUSING AUTHORITY
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2020-T-1 Title Sheet
2020-CD-1 Demolition Plans
2020-CD-2 Restoration Plans and Details
2020-CD-3 Elevations, Sections and Details
2020-CD-4 Plumbing and Heating
2020-CD-5 Electrical
ew
�r
2020 (HHFR)/lmy LIST OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS
LD
1
TITLE NO. OF PAGES
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07100 - Waterproofing, Dampproofing
& Caulking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Section 07460 - Vinyl Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
Section 08100 - Metal Doors and Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Section 08200 - Wood Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Section 08700 - Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
Section 09200 - Lathing and Plastering . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Section 09250 - Gypsum Drywall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Section 09310 - Ceramic Tile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Section 09700 - Resilient Floors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Section 09900 - Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
DIVISIONS 10 THROUGH 14 - NOT USED
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
Section 15400 - Plumbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Section 15500 - Heating and Ventilating . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL WORK
Section 16100 - Electrical Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
w
2020 (HHFR)/lmy TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOC
2
Table of Contents
u TITLE NO. OF PAGES
Title Sheet for Project Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Tableof Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
List of Contract Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Advertisement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
IR
Bidding Documents
Instructionsto Bidders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
0 Form for General Bid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Form for SOWMBA Certified Enterprise Participation
Schedule (Delete if under $100, 000. 00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Form of SOWMBA Letter of Intent (Delete if under
$100, 000. 00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Forms
Form of Owner/Contractor Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Formof Corporate Vote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Form of Contractor's Equal Employment Certification . . . . . 1
Formof Performance Bond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Formof Payment Bond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Form of Estimated Progress Payment Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Contract Documents
General Conditions Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
General Conditions of Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Specifications
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01010 - Summary of the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Section 01025 - Unit Prices (Not Used) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -
Section 01026 - Labor Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Section 01030 - Alternates (Not Used) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -
Section 01050 - Conduct of the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Section 01300 - Submittals . . . . 6
Section 01510 - Temporary Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Section 01540 - Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Section 01700 - Project Closeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Section 01710 - Cleaning Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Section 01720 - Record Drawings (Not Used) . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK
Section 02050 - Demolition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
DIVISIONS 3 THROUGH 5 - NOT USED
wX
2020 (HHFR)/lmy TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOC
�w 1
ALDERMAN & MAC NEISH
ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS
594 RIVERDALE ROAD
WEST SPRINGFIELD, MA 01089 JANUARY 25, 1991
FIRE RESTORATION
UNIT 19-D
HAMPSHIRE HEIGHTS
NORTHAMPTON HOUSING AUTHORITY
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
ADDENDUM NO. 2
SPECIFICATIONS
A. RE: SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
1. Paragraph 2. 01 B: Add the following:
118. Deodorizer: Eliminate odor from char surfaces with
Q-DEE Primer Sealer, spray application, as
manufactured by Pratt and Lambert or
Architect/Engineer approved equal. "
B. RE: SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY
1. Paragraph 1. 02 A 6 as amended by Addendum No. 1: Change
"Americana" to read "Homestead Oak" .
2 . Paragraph 1. 02 A: Add the following:
117 . Countertop shall be postformed. "
C. RE: SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK
1. Paragraph 1. 02 C: Add the following:
115. Provide light fixture globe and pendants at Basement. "
END OF ADDENDUM NO. 2
2020 (HHFR-ADD. #2)/lmy Page 1 of 1
^ ^ ^
~ ` COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
' Department f L b��
- Depar o a r and Industries
Division of Industrial Safety
Minimum Wage Rates for Apprentices employed on Public Works. Deter-
mined as a percentage of the Pre-determined Hourly Wage Rate estab-
lished by the COMMISSIONER under the provisions of the Massachusetts
General Lams, Chapter 149, Sections 26 through 27D inclusive,
as amended.
All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprentice
Training in accordance with Mass. G.L. Ch ap t er 23, Sections 11E-11L
.
A] l steps are 6 months ( 1006 hours) unless otherwise specified.
Location: NORTHAMPTON
11aaaifiWatiaD__ KtiW __l_ _-a_ __a_ _A_ 7_ _A_
!SBESTOS WORKR 01 :04 5O 60 70 80
Steps are 1 year
]OILERMAKER 01 :05 60 65 70 75 8O 85 9O 95
]RICK/PLASTER 01 :05 5O 60 70 8O 90 95
7ARPENTER 01 :03 40 5O 60 70 8O 85 90 95
ELECTRICIAN 02:03 38 43 5O 60 70 78
Steps 112 are 1000 hrs; rest are 1500 hrs.
3LAZIER 01 :03 5O 65 75 8O 85 90
40IST/P0RT. ENG 01 :05 5O 55 60 65 70 75 85 95
[RONWORKER 01 :07 60 70 75 80 85 90
INEMAN 60 65 70 75 8O 85 90
,IL|-WRIGHT 01 :05 45 5O 55 60 65 70 75 80
,AINTER O1 :05 40 5O 60 70 75
,IiE DRIVER O1 ^03 5O 55 60 65 70 75 80 85
,L-uMB/PIPEFITTR O1 ~ 05 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
ROOFER 01 ~^03 40 45 5O 55 60 65 70 75 80 85
Step 11 - 90%, Step 12 - 95%; All steps 500 hrs.
,HEET METAL WKR 01 ^03 40 45 5O 55 60 65 70 75 8O 85
�PRINKLR F-TTR 01 � 05 40 45 5O 55 60 65 70 75 80 85
`
* Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to Journeymen.
** Multiple ratios are listed in comment field.
END OF ADDENDUM 00. l
P l0o� l6
2020(HBFD-XDD.#l)/lmy u&e
I'ItU.1►:!
ADt} LSS
EMPLOYEE: 1fN9�. S.S.
AUDRFSS
OCCUPATIONAL CLASS
Week `1 ? :,1 T F S JTo Rate H&W F�-
flours �HR p;� x: rota! Total
Heath z-� Fend Payments and supplementary unemployment benefits
Pensio^ P�'•ments
j , Do hereby state , that this copy of
my record is a tr.,•• Lid azcurate record showing the Name , Address , Occupational
C1ass1i1 ;ati Pa:'> ; .:h omplovee on said works and the hrurs worked by
and the prlip : : t Plans , or the Equivalent Payment :n wages .
(Signed ,nd• 11 SI .-,NAT(IRE - -
2020(HHFR-ADD.#l)/lmy Page 15 of 16
000,0
�ageCY.��lJ6 l�J� 4�a1�000X
goo 4.1. . f•,.�r. � .. aeeot
STATLKDff OP COMPLIANCE
......... .. ........ ......19.........
I.... ...... ......... .. . . .. .... . .. .. . . ... ..... .. . . . . . .. . ..... .......
(flame of signatoYy party) (Title)
do hereby state:
That I pay or supervise the payment of the persons employed by ...........
.... .... ........... ............ ... ....
...on the .. ...............
(Coatract�r. subcontractor of public body) (Building or Project)
and that all mechanics and apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs and laborers
employed on said project have been paid in accordance with wages determined
under the provisions of Sections Twenty-seven (27) and Twenty-seven A (21A)
of Chapter one hundred and forty-nine (149) of the General Laws.
Signature.... ...... . . .. ...0.0 0 0 .0 0 0 0.0
Title....... .. ... ... . .. .. .............
(Signed under penalties of perjury as
provided for under Section 278 of
chapter 149. :.eneral Laus.)
2020(HHFR-ADD.#1)/1my Page 14 of 16
0
'y �e�l� iice�tt ol Yd and J
OFFICE OF THE COMMMIONER p
Janes F. Snow .4usr� &.>�-+s~slad Aa/-64�V, ga-oowsnenl &M&V
>0,0 Amt A64M, o'em
RE: Statement of Compliance
Dear
In conjunction with the Commissioner issuing prevailing wage rates,
as stated in Sections 27 and 27A Chapter 149, to i public body or public
official , he will also issue a statement of compliance to be incorporated
with eac) specification and contract. The stat.Emen. of compliance is in
Chapter :49 Section 278, which states:
Each such Contractor, subcontractor or public bogy :hall furnish
to the Commissioner of Labor and Industries witty it fifteen days after
completion of its portion of the work a statement, executed by the
contractor, subcontractor or public body or by any authorized
officer or employer of the contractor, subcontractor cr public
body who supervises the payment of wages.
ncerely, /
James F. Snow
Commissioner
JFS:ecf
2020(HHFR-ADD.#I)/lmy Page 13 of 16
t �1;4 40G GNP V
t
Notice to Awarding Authority
Pursuant to M.G.L. sections 26 and 27, the Commissioner of Labor and
Industries determines the prevailing wage rates for each project
following a written request for applicable rates by the awarding
authority.
These rates apply only to the specific project; furthermore, because they
must reflect the rates prevailing at the time of bid, the rates can be
used only for 90 days from the date of issue to reflect the rates for the
duration of any contract which results from the bid. Failure to bid
within the 90 days necessitates a redetermination of the rates. Awarding
Authorities must request the redetermination of the rates for all
projects not bid within the 90 day period.
Final Clean-up of Prevailing wage projects
Please be advised that prevailing wage rates as determined by the
Commissioner of Labor and Industries in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149,
sections 26 and 27 apply to all phases of the project including the final
clean-up of project.
Contractors engaged in prevailing wage projects are required to pay
prevailing wage rates to employees performing final clean-up.
Contractors whose only role is to perform final clean-up on site are
bound by this requirement.
The laborers rate is the minimum wage rate that must be paid to those
individuals employed to clean the sites and can be found on the rate
sheet issued for the project.
0282a
Publication No. 16,368-5-500-6-90-CR
Approved by Ric Murphy, State Purchasing Agent
2020(HHFR-ADD.#I)/lmy Page 12 of 16
. .
^
THE COMMONWEALTH,.OF MASSACHUSETTS
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES
Division of Industrial Safety
dkiMuM-MEAGTES
AS DETERMINED BY THE COMMISSIONER UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE
MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL LAWS, CHAPTER 149, SECTIONS 26 TO 27D
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
LQQG[___ PROJECT CONTRACT N0.EW---- CITY/TOWN: NRTAMPTON----------
AWARDING AUTHORITY: NOMGMD@---------------------------------------
JOB LOCATION:
Total Total Total
-------------------------- Dale Bale- Dale We- GO My-
ADZEMAN 01/01/91 22.000
ASBESTOS/ TOXIC & HAZARDOUS WASTE* 01/01/91 24.000
BURNERS 01/01/91 22.2%
JACKHAMMER OPERATOR 01/01/91 22.250
LABORER 01/01/91 21.850
CRAHE/BACKHOE/FRONT-END LOADER OPERATOR 12/01/90 24.030 06/01/91 24.480 12/01/91 24.980
06/01/92 25.430 12/01/92 25.930
OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT - CLASS VI 12/01/90 18.660 06/01/91 19.020 12/01/91 19.420
06/01/92 19.780 12/01/92 20.180
OPER 3 AXLE EQUIP 12/01/90 22.400 06/01/91 22.900 12/01/91 23.450
06/01/92 23.9SO 12/01/92 24.00
OPER 40 AXLE EQUIP 12/01/90 22.520 06/01/91 23.020 12/01/91 23270
06/01/92 24.070 12/01/92 24.620
TRUCK DRIVER 12/01/90 22.330 06/01/91 22.830 12/01/91 23.380
06/01/92 23.880 12/01/92 24.43O
Failure of the employer to pay the posted hourly wage rate for the designated
craft listed above is a violation of MGL C 149. Employees not receiving
such rates should report this violation to the Department of
Labor and Industries, 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA, (617) 727-6155.
REVISED: 01/09/91 DEMO WEST PAGE: 1
� ll I 16
2020(BBFD-&DD.#l)/lmy age o
. .
,
'
THE COMMONWEALTH'OF MASSACHUSETTS
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDi�:ITR]ES
Division of Industrial Safety
d1N1MU_rj-WGQE-ReTE�
AS DETERMINED BY THE COMMISSIONER UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE
MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL LAWS' CHAPTER 149, SECTIONS 26 TO 27D
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
U]CG[___ PROJECT CONTRACT NO.2_M0____ CITY/TOWN: dQRj1jGMpTQN---------
AWARDING AUTHORITY: NQRTHGM9jQN---------------------------------------
JOB LOCATION:
Total Total Total
QLA_s5jƒic;dhQD-------------------------- Date Bale- Date Rdic- Da{g
TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN 09/0111?90 22.320 03/01/91 22.980 09/01/91 23.440
EUCLID OPERATOR 12/01/90 22.S70 06/01191 23.070 12/01/91 23.620
06/01/92 24.120 12/O1/92 24.72O
OPER 3 AXLE EQUIP 12/01/9O 22.400 06/01/91 22.900 12/01/91 23.450
06/01/92 23.9S0 12/01/92 24.S00
OPER 4&S AXLE EQUIP 12/O1/9O 22.520 06/01/91 23.020 12/31/91 23.S70
06/01/92 24.070 12/01/92 24.620
TRUCK DRIVER 12/01/90 22.330 06/01191 22.830 12/01/91 23.38O
06/01/92 23.880 12/01/92 24.430
WATERPROOFER / BRICK 12/01/90 24.530 06/01/91 24.980 12/O1/91 25.430
READY-MIX DRIVER 01/03/91 18.8S0
Failure of the employer to pay the posted hourly wage rate for the designated
mralfft. Ilkstew Aixaxge :6.,:s ai. v,4wi.1wh-:fimmw)ff' ?WI@L tZ' 114R~ ibno#x11wTw_s axwtt �.iw.h.1Mq
such rates should report this violation to the Department of
Labor and Industries, 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA' (617) 727-6156.
REVISED: 01/09/91 NORTHAMPTON PAGE: 4
2020(BDFR-ADD.#1)/1my page 10 of 16
. '
'
THE 'OF MASSACHUSETTS
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES
Division of IrxJustrial Sa[etY
rj1d1NUM-W8QE_RGTE5
AS DETERMINED BY THE COMMISSIONER UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE
MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL LAWS, CHAPTER 149, SECTIONS 26 TO 27D
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
LQCaL___ PROJECT CONTRACT NO.EUaQ---- CITY/TOWN:
AWARDING AUTHORITY: @QRTHAM9TQN-----------------------------------------
JOB LOCATION:
Total Total Total
Ql"�ifkahQD----------------------------- QaiQ &18- Dale Rate- Dale Bale-
GRADER OPERATOR 12/01/90 24.030 06/01/91 24.480 12/01/91 24.980
06/01/92 2S.430 12/01/92 25.930
HOISTING ENGINEER 12/01/90 24.030 06/01/91 24.480 12/01/91 24.980
06/01/92 25.430 12/01/92 2S.930
MAINTENANCE MECHANIC 12/01/90 23.00 0001/91 24.020 12/01/91 24.520
06/01/92 24.970 12/01/92 2S.470
MASTER MECHANIC 12/01/90 24.820 06/01/91 2S.300 12/01/91 2S.830
06/01/92 26.310 12/01/92 26.840
OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT - CLASS VI 12/01/90 18.660 06/01/91 19.020 12/01/91 19.420
06/01/92 19.780 12/01/92 20.180
POWER SHOVEL OPERATOR 12/01/90 24.030 06/01/91 24.480 12/01/91 24.980
06/01/92 25.430 12/01/92 25.930
PUMPHAN 12/01/90 20.180 06/01/91 20~570 12/01/91 21.000
06/01/92 21.390 12/01/92 21.820
ROLLER OPERATOR 12/01/90 23.120 06/01/91 23.560 12/01/91 24.00O
06/01/92 24.490 12/01/92 24.980
STEAM FIREMAN 12/01/90 23070 06/01/91 24.020 12/01/91 24020
06/01/92 24.970 12/01/92 2S.470
TR. CRANE GRADALL 12/01/90 24.030 06/01/91 24.480 12/01/91 24.980
06/01/92 25.430 12/01/92 25.930
PAINTER/TAPER 12/01/90 21.890 06/01/91 22.490 12/01/91 22.690
SPRAY AND SANDBLAST 12/01/90 24.360 06/01/91 24.960 12/01/91 25.160
SWING STAGE AND STEEL < 40' 12/01/90 22.080 06/01/91 22.680 12/01/91 22.880
SWING STAGE AND STEEL > 40' 12/01/90 22.390 06/01/91 22.990 12/01/91 23.190
PILE DRIVER 12/03/90 25.580 06/03/91 26.080 12/02/91 26.580
06/01/92 27.080 12/07/92 27080
PLASTERER 12/01/90 24.530 06/01/91 24.980 12/01/91 25.430
PLUMBER & PIPEFITTER 08/01/90 26.510 02/01/91 26.810 08/01/91 27.360
02/01/92 27.860
ROOFER/WATERPROOFER/DAMPROOFER 10/01/90 23.520
SLATE & TILE & PRECAST CONCRETE 10/01/90 24.300
SHEETHETAL WORKER ' 01/01/91 27.660 07101191 28.410 01/01/92 28.760
SPRINKLER FITTER 01/01/91 30.450
Failure of the employer to pay the posted hourly wage rate for the designated
craft listed above is a violation of M0- C 149. Employees not receiving
smich xmxbes s�ld n*aport this %ulAllmm to the DePartment Of
Labor and Industries, 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA, (617) 727-6155.
REVISED: 01/09/91 NORTHAMPTON PAGE: 3
?0>0/r0PV-ADD'#1 \ /1mv Ynue 4 of 16
. .
_
THE COMMONWEALTH 'OF MASSACHUSETTS
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES
Division of Industrial Safety
UNIMUMAGOE-EATEE,
AS DETERMINED BY THE COMMISSIONER UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE
MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL LAWS, CHAPTER 149' SECTIONS 26 TO 27D
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
jD[18~--- PROJECT CONTRACT NOWN____ CITY/TOWN: --------
AWARDING AUTHORITY: @QRTHGMPTQN--------_-_----------------------------
JOB LOCATION:
Total Total Total
[l2141ifiLd1iQD-------------------------- Q!ate Ra{2- 111�! Rale- Qdle &h,-
FENCE ERECTOR 12/01/90 20.300 06/01/91 20.700 12/01/91 21.100
06/01/92 21.SO0 12/01/92 21.900
JACKHAMMER OPERATOR 12/01/90 20.300 06/01/91 20.700 12/01/91 21.100
06101192 21.S0O 12/01/92 21.900
LABORER 12/01/90 20.050 06/01/91 20.4% 12/01/91 20.8SO
06/01/92 21.250 12/01/92 21.680
LASER BEAM OPERATOR 12/01/90 20.300 06/01/91 20.700 12/01/91 21.100
06/01/92 21.500 12/01/92 21.900
MASON TENDERS 12/01/90 20.300 06/01/91 20.700 12/01/91 21.100
06/01/92 21.S00 12/01/92 21.900
MINER 12/01/90 21.080 06/01/91 21.00 12/01/91 21.850
06/01/92 22.250 12/01/92 22.650
PIPELAYER 12/01/90 20.300 06/01/91 20.700 12/01/91 21.100
06/01/92 21.S0O 12/01/92 21.900
PLASTER'S TENDER 12/0100 20.300 06/01/91 20.700 12/01/91 21.100
06/01/92 21000 12/01/92 21.900
PRE CAST FLOOR 12/01/90 20.800 06/01/91 21.200 12/01/91 21.600
06/01/92 22.000 12/01/92 22.400
RAHMER 12/01/90 20.800 06/01/91 21.200 12/01/91 21.600
06/01/92 22.000 12/01/92 22.400
RIDE-ON BUGGY OPERATOR 12/01/90 20.300 06/01/91 20.700 12/01/91 21.100
06/01/92 21.500 12/01/92 21.900
SIGN ERECTOR 12/01/90 20.800 06/01/91 21.200 12/01/91 21.600
06/01/92 22.000 12/01/92 22.400
STONE SPREADER 12/01/90 20.300 06/01/91 20.700 12101191 21.100
06/01/92 21.500 12/01/92 21.900
MARBLE, TILE, TERRAZZO SETTER 12/01/90 24.530 06/01/91 24.980 12/01/91 26.430
MILLWRIGHT 08/01/90 27.600 02/01/91 28.200
BULLDOZER OPERATOR 12/01/90 23.00 06/01/91 24.020 12/01/91 24220
06/01/92 24.970 12/01/92 2S.470
COMPRESSOR OPERATOR 12/01/90 20.180 06/01/91 20.570 12/01/91 21.000
06/01/92 21.390 12/0102 21.820,
CRANE/BACKHOE/FRONT-END LOADER OPERATOR 12/01/90 24.030 06/01/91 24.480 12/01/91 24.980
06/01/92 25.430 12/01/92 2S.930
Failure of the employer to pay the posted hourly wage rate for the designated
craft listed above is a violation of MGL C 149. Employees not receiving
such rates should report this violation to the Department of
Labor and Industries, 100 Cambridge Street, Boston' MA, (617) 727-6155.
REVISED: 01/09/91 NORTHAMPTON PAGE: 2
?0�O(RR�R-ADn.#l \ /l�n no,p 8 of 16
. .
THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES
Division of Industrial Safety
dINNUH-QSQE-RSIES
AS DETERMINED BY THE COMMISSIONER UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE
MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL LAWS, CHAPTER 149, SECTIONS 26 TO 27D
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
\~QCG[___ PROJECT CONTRACT NOQDEQ____ CITY/TOWN: MTAMTQ@---------
AWARDING AUTHORITY: @Q.[THGMPTM----------------------------------------
JOB LOCATION:
Total Total Total
Q1A5sifkdliQD-------------------------- Dale We- Dale Eke- Dale Rain
ASBESTOS REMOVER 12/01/90 20.800 06/01/91 21.200 12/01/91 21.600
06/01/92 22.000 12/01/92 22.400
ASBESTOS WORKER - PIPE / MECH. EQUIPT. 10/01/90 27.900
BOILERMAKER 10/01/90 28.330 04/01/91 28.880
BRICKLAYER 1210100 24.530 06/01/91 24.980 12/01/91 25.430
CARPENTER 12/01/90 24.00 06/01/91 24.600 12101191 2S.100
CEMENT MASON 12/01/90 24.530 06/01/91 24.980 12/01/91 25.430
DIVER 12/03/90 32.910 06/03/91 33.910 12/02/91 34.660
06/01/92 35.660 12/07/92 36.410
DIVER TENDER 12/03/90 25.580 06/03/91 26.080 12/02/91 26.580
06/01/92 27.080 12/07/92 27.580
ELECTRICIAN CONTRACTS < $150,000 12/01/90 22.620 07/01/91 23.130 01/01/92 23.640
07/01/92 24.150 01/01/93 24.610
ELECTRICIAN CONTRACTS > $10,000 12/01/90 24.620 07/01/91 26.130 01/01/92 25.640
07/01/92 26.150 01/01/93 26.610
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR 01/03/91 27.656
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR HELPER 01/03/91 21.036
GLAZIER 01/01/91 23.320
IRONWORKER 01/01/91 27.560
AIR TRACK OPERATOR 12/01/90 20.800 06/01/91 21.200 12/01/91 21.600
06/01/92 22.000 12/01/92 22.400
ASPHALT RAKER 12/01/90 20.300 06/01/91 20.700 12/01/91 21.100
06/01/92 21000 12/01/92 21.900
BLASTER 12/01/90 21.060 06101191 21.450 12/01/91 21.850
06/01/92 22.20 12/01/92 22.6S0
BLOCK PAVER 12/01/90 20.850 06/01/91 21.200 12/01/91 21.600
06/01/92 22.000 12/01/92 22.400
CAISSON TENDER 12/01/90 20.050 06/01/91 20.450 12/01/91 20.850
06/01/92 21.250 12/01/92 21.650
CARPENTER TENDER 12/01/90 20.050 06/01/91 20.00 12/01/91 20.80
06/01/92 21.25O 12/01/92 21.650
CHAINSAW OPERATOR 12/01/90 20.300 06/01/91 20.700 12/01/91 21.100
06/01/92 21000 12/01/92 21.900
CURB SETTER 12/01/90 20.800 06101191 21 .200 12/01/91 21.600
06/01/92 22.000 12/0102 22.400
DRILL OPERATOR 12/01/90 20.300 06/01/91 20.700 12/01/91 21.100
06/01/92 21.500 12/01/92 21.900
Failure of the employer to pay the posted hourly wage rate for the designated
craft listed above is a violation of MGL C 149. Employees not receiving
such rates should report this violation to the Department of
Labor and Industries, 100 Cambridge Street' Boston, MA, (617) 727-6185.
2020(8BFB-&DD.#l)/lzoy Page 7 of 16
REVISED: 01/09.'91 NORTHAMPTON PAGE: 1
WSeL x 20 w 24- X,�50 L- 2 7 24 uJ 24 x i2
-_ . -- _ -
/
IWO (Wte)l
7(17 f1(T7AFR-ATlil_�kl 1 �lmv
Paaa h of lh
B. RE: SECTION 2020-CD-2
1. STAIR SECTION: Add the word "new" to all finish
materials.
2 . STAIR SECTION: Change note "new stringer" to "check
stringer, replace any damaged stair framing structure" .
3 . BATHROOM ELEVATIONS: Add new reinforced cement backer
board at shower walls over tub.
4. BATHROOM ELEVATIONS: Add new ceramic tile base.
5. ARCHITECTURAL NOTE 4: Add "Provide new metal door and
frame and new wood storm door at Basement. Both doors
shall include all incidental hardware to match main entry
door. At Basement, provide new metal windows and frames,
including all incidental interior and exterior trim.
Caulk all perimeter of door and window frames. "
6. ARCHITECTURAL NOTES NO. 18 and 26: Add "metal rods and
supports" .
7. ARCHITECTURAL NOTES 17 and 25: All interior doors shall
be solid core as shown on the floor plan.
8. KITCHEN ELEVATIONS: Change cabinets to be prefabricated
and prefinished as per ADDENDUM NO. 1, SECTION 06200 -
FINISH CARPENTRY. See Attachment: ADD. SK-1.
9. ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE - Add Abbreviations
P Paint
PL Plaster
GB Gypsum Board
P&M Patch and Match
WD Wood
W Wax
VCT Vinyl Composition Tile
MAT Material
FIN Finish
10. FIRST FLOOR - Kitchen - delete dashed line at
refrigerator alcove.
C. Re: DRAWING 2020 CD-5
1. New receptacles shown in existing party walls shall be
surface mounted in surface metal raceway boxes and
connected with surface metal raceway with #14 and #12 TW
wires as shown.
2020(HHFR-ADD. #1)/lmy Page 5 of 16
3 . Paragraph 2 . 02 A, B and C: Delete in their entirety and
add the following:
"A. Walls: Wall grouting material shall be Laticrete
Dry Bond Grout and Joint Filler with Laticrete 3701
latex white silicone as recommended by the
manufacturer. Latex mortar shall conform to ANSI
A118.4 .
B. Floors: Waterproof membrane at wood floor shall be
glass fiber reinforced liquid rubber latex, and
powder mix shall be Portland cement 1; sand 2 and
conform to ANSI A118.1."
4. Paragraph 3 . 03 B: Delete in its entirety.
5. Paragraph 3 . 03 F: Delete in its entirety.
J. RE: SECTION 09900 - PAINTING
1. Paragraph 1. 02 A: Add the following:
1110. The painting of all gypsum board and plaster walls. "
2. Paragraph 3. 03 E 2: Delete "cabinets" and "teachers
closets" .
3. Paragraph 3 . 03 E 3 : Delete "Where called for, provide
Textured Paint to wall and ceiling surfaces" .
4. Paragraph 3 . 03 E 7 c: Delete in its entirety.
5. Paragraph 3 . 03 E: Add the following:
118. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Gypsum board surfaces shall
be given one coat of Vapex wall primer by Pratt &
Lambert and two coats of Pratt & Lambert's Semi-Gloss
latex. "
DRAWINGS
A. RE: DRAWING 2020-CD-1
1. ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION
Add "removal of doors and windows at Basement" .
2. ARCHITECTURAL DEMO NOTE 25: Add "check stringer,
replace any damaged stair framing structure. See Drawing
CD-2 .
3 . NOTE 27: Add "first to second floor" .
2020(HHFR-ADD. #1)/lmy Page 4 of 16
5
G. RE: SECTION 09200 - LATHING AND PLASTERING
1. Paragraph 1.02 A 1 and 2: Delete in their entirety and
add the following:
"1. Repair of existing plaster wall surfaces to match
existing depth. Provide furring, lath and plaster
coats and finish coat to match existing depth. "
2 . Paragraph 2 . 01 B: Delete "Use 16 gauge for attaching
furring channels to runner channels in ceiling
construction. Use 8 gauge hanger wire to supp ort main
carrying channels. "
3 . Paragraph 2.01 C 1: Delete "For ceilings and for."
4 . Paragraph 2.01 M: Delete in its entirety.
H. RE: SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL
1. Paragraph 1.02 A 2: Delete in its entirety.
2 . Paragraph 1. 02 A: Add the following:
115. Provide interior reinforced cement oaardaat shower
walls. To be Durock by U.S. Gypsum,
equal. "
3 . Paragraph 1.02 B: Add the following:
115. Ceramic tile under SECTION 09310 - CERAMIC TILE. "
4. Paragraph 2 .01 A and B: Delete in their entirety.
I. RE: SECTION 09310 - CERAMIC TILE
1. Paragraph 1.02 : Add the following:
112. Provide marble saddle at door opening. To be 4 in.
by 3/8 in. by 30 in. plus or minus. "
2 . Paragraph 1.02 : Add the following:
"B. Related Work: All work under gypsum board in
bathroom area under SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL.
a. Interior reinforced cement board behind ceramic
tile in shower walls directly over shower tub.
b. Gypsum board behind ceramic tile work. "
2020 (HHFR-ADD. #1)/lmy Page 3 of 16
t �
I h
7 . Provide countertops with continuous backsplash at
juncture with walls. Countertop and backsplash
shall have plastic laminate finish with backer sheet
- submit color samples. "
2 . Paragraph 1.03 C: Add the following:
114. Prefabricated kitchen cabinets. "
E. RE: SECTION 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
1. Paragraph 1. 02 A 5: Delete in its entirety and add the
following:
115. Provide insulated metal entry doors, inclusive of all
incidental materials and equipment for their proper
installation. "
2 . Paragraph 1.03 C: Delete "and an unlabeled hollow metal
door. "
3 . Paragraph 1. 03 : Add the following:
"E. Manufacturers doors shall be "Perma-Door" by
Steelcraft or A/E approved equal. "
4 . Paragraph 2 . 01 A 1: Delete "hollow metal" and add
"insulated metal" .
5. Paragraph 2 . 01 B, D and E: Delete in their entirety.
6. Paragraph 2 . 01 F: Delete "oxide red lead primer" and add
"red iron oxide primer" .
7 . Paragraph 2.02 D 2: Delete in its entirety.
8. Paragraph 2. 03 D: Delete "oxide red lead primer" and add
"red iron oxide primer" .
F. RE: SECTION 08700 - HARDWARE
1. Paragraph 2 .02 : Delete "G. Kick Plates: 18 gauge. "
2 . Paragraph 2 .04 A 1: Change "two hinges" to read "three
hinges" .
3 . Paragraph 2 .04 A 2 : Delete in its entirety.
4 . Paragraph 2. 06: Delete in its entirety.
2020 (HHFR-ADD.#1)/lmy Page 2 of 16
ALDERMAN & MAC NEISH
ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS
594 RIVERDALE ROAD
WEST SPRINGFIELD, MA 01089 JANUARY 211 1991
FIRE RESTORATION
UNIT 19-D
HAMPSHIRE HEIGHTS
NORTHAMPTON HOUSING AUTHORITY
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
ADDENDUM NO. 1
SPECIFICATIONS
A. RE: SECTION 01026 - LABOR REGULATIONS
1. Paragraph 1.02 Wage Rates:
Minimum Wage Rates, latest release by the Department of
Labor and Industries, Division of Industrial Safety, as
determined by the Commission under the provisions of the
Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Section 26 to
27D, revised January 9, 1991 - attached herewith.
B. RE: SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION
1. Paragraph 1. 03 A 3 : Delete in its entirety and add:
113. For permit requirements, refer to General Conditions. "
C. RE: SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
1. Paragraph 2 . 01 A 1 b Moisture Content: Delete "either
air-dried or. . . ".
2 . Paragraph 3 .01: Add the following:
"E. Deodorizer: Prior to installing new wall, ceiling,
and floor finishing materials, clean thoroughly all
charred surfaces of walls, joists, beams, and
underside of sub-floor and apply diluted "Neutralizer
Alpha" as per manufacturer's recommendations. "
D. RE: SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY
1. Paragraph 1. 02 A: Add the following:
116. Provide new pre-fabricated kitchen wood base and wall
cabinets as shown on diagram ADD. SK-1 - Kitchen
Elevation. To be "Americana" by Merillat Industries,
Inc. of Michigan and/or Architect-Engineer approved
equal - submit shop drawings and samples.
2020(HHFR-ADD. #1)/lmy Page 1 of 16
PROJECT MANUAL --
HAMPSHIRE HEIGHTS DECEMBER 21, 1990
FIRE RESTORATION - UNIT 19D
19-D PROJECT DRIVE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
STATE-AIDED PROJECT 200-1
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF
COMMUNITIES AND DEVELOPMENT
NORTHAMPTON HOUSING AUTHORITY
George O'Brien, Executive Director
49 Old South Street
Northampton, Massachusetts 01060
Telephone (413) - 584-4030
Architect Mechanical Engineer
Alderman & MacNeish Alderman & MacNeish
594 Riverdale Road 594 Riverdale Road
West Springfield, MA 01089 West Springfield, MA 01089
Telephone (413) - 739-4758 Telephone (413) - 739-4758
Structural Engineer Electrical Engineer
Alderman & MacNeish Alderman & MacNeish
594 Riverdale Road 594 Riverdale Road
West Springfield, MA 01089 West Springfield, MA 01089
Telephone (413) - 739-4758 Telephone (413) - 739-4758
Specifications SITE INSPECTION
Alderman & MacNeish January 17, 1991 - 1: 00 P.M.
594 Riverdale Road
West Springfield, MA 01089
Telephone (413) - 739-4758
D AR�y
s►�V L1H Of
� No. 2892 � N
° a l4YeYE�oer, ? W, o FRYDRYK N
No.9076 f
of
9
NAL ENS
JOB NUMBER: 2020
SET NUMBER: _!G